TOOLS
Rule Radar
Futures Prop Firm Rule Changes. Tracked Daily.
Your morning update on futures prop firm rule changes, refreshed overnight.
We track the published rules and policies of 32 futures prop firms and keep every version, so when a firm edits a rule we have the before and after in writing. Most of what changes is really nothing: a fixed typo, a clarified sentence, a word added here and there. But real changes stand out fast, and you can literally watch rules and policies tighten line by line. Payout terms creep, consistency thresholds drop, and prices quietly climb. It works the other way too: sometimes payouts improve and rules loosen, and when that happens it’s usually one of our Premier firms.
Most of the tightening shows up on the Unlisted side, firms we track but haven’t listed on PickAPropFirm.com. When a firm with a rough reputation starts gaining traction on rock-bottom prices, promoted by affiliates who would scam their own grandma for a commission, the discount usually costs you somewhere else, and that somewhere shows up here. If a plan looks too good to be true, it almost always is.
Starred changes are the ones we think deserve your attention; the full feed below is everything we caught, right down to the typo fixes.
Treat this page like your morning paper. It updates overnight, so grab your coffee and see what changed. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
See where these firms land in the Power Rankings ›
Starred changes
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
50K $3,000 $100 $250 $2,500 100K $3,500 $100 $250 $3,000 150K $2,000 $100 $250 $1,500 200K $3,000 $100 $250 $2,500 300K $3,500 $100 $250 $3,000
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+
50K $3,000 $100 $500 $2,500 100K $3,500 $100 $500 $3,000 150K $2,000 $100 $500 $1,500 200K $3,000 $100 $500 $2,500 300K $3,500 $100 $500 $3,000
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
50K $3,000 $100 $250 $2,500 100K $3,500 $100 $250 $3,000 150K $2,000 $100 $250 $1,500 200K $3,000 $100 $250 $2,500 300K $3,500 $100 $250 $3,000
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
+
50K $3,000 $100 $500 $2,500 100K $3,500 $100 $500 $3,000 150K $2,000 $100 $500 $1,500 200K $3,000 $100 $500 $2,500 300K $3,500 $100 $500 $3,000
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
PremierBulenox · Minimum Balance and Request | Momentum AccountAdded new Safety Threshold Reserve section with account-size-dependent minimum balance requirements after payouts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request |
|---|
After
| Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request |
|---|
+ Safety Threshold Reserve
+ A Safety Net Reserve (STR) is the minimum balance that must remain in your Momentum Master Account after the requested payout amount has been deducted. The required reserve depends on your account size:
+
$25,000 $1,000 $50,000 $2,000 $100,000 $3,000 $150,000 $4,500
| Account size | STR |
|---|
| Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request |
|---|
+ Safety Threshold Reserve
+ A Safety Net Reserve (STR) is the minimum balance that must remain in your Momentum Master Account after the requested payout amount has been deducted. The required reserve depends on your account size:
+
$25,000 $1,000 $50,000 $2,000 $100,000 $3,000 $150,000 $4,500
| Account size | STR |
|---|
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountValues changed: $2,250 to $2,000, $2,250 to $2,000.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum Account6 values changed, including $2,250 to $2,000.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
$50,000 $3,000 $2,000 50% 4 mini or 40 micros $100,000 $6,000 $3,000 50% 6 mini or 60 micros $150,000 $9,000 $4,500 50% 10 mini or 100 micros
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+
$50,000 $3,000 $2,000 40% (50% with add-on) 4 mini or 40 micros $100,000 $6,000 $3,000 40% (50% with add-on) 6 mini or 60 micros $150,000 $9,000 $4,500 40% (50% with add-on) 10 mini or 100 micros
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
$50,000 $3,000 $2,000 50% 4 mini or 40 micros $100,000 $6,000 $3,000 50% 6 mini or 60 micros $150,000 $9,000 $4,500 50% 10 mini or 100 micros
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
+
$50,000 $3,000 $2,000 40% (50% with add-on) 4 mini or 40 micros $100,000 $6,000 $3,000 40% (50% with add-on) 6 mini or 60 micros $150,000 $9,000 $4,500 40% (50% with add-on) 10 mini or 100 micros
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierTradeify · Live Funded Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterNew page published.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Legacy Live Program - Complete Guide | Tradeify Help CenterTimezone abbreviation changed from EST to ET in the December 3, 2025 12:00 AM deadline.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
After
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM ET.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM ET.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterAdded step-by-step walkthrough example and clarified drawdown lock trigger amounts for each Elite account size.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| 50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL |
|---|
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Section: Example Walkthrough
| Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome |
|---|
| During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day |
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
| Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance) |
|---|
| 50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100 |
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
After
| 50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL |
|---|
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Section: Example Walkthrough
+ Step by step: At the start of Day 1, the balance is $0 and the drawdown limit is $2,000. During Day 1, the trader makes $500 profit and requests a $500 payout. The payout is pending and is processed the next business day. At the end of Day 1, the balance is $500 and the drawdown moves up by $500. At the start of Day 2, the payout is processed and the balance is back to $0. Only $1,500 of drawdown room remains.
| Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome |
|---|
| During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day |
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ The drawdown locks when the end-of-day balance reaches $1,600 on a 25K Elite account ($1,500 drawdown), $2,100 on a 50K account ($2,000 drawdown), $3,100 on a 100K account ($3,000 drawdown), $4,600 on a 150K account ($4,500 drawdown), and $6,100 on a 300K account ($6,000 drawdown). Every account starts with a $0 balance.
| Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance) |
|---|
| 50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100 |
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
| 50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL |
|---|
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Section: Example Walkthrough
+ Step by step: At the start of Day 1, the balance is $0 and the drawdown limit is $2,000. During Day 1, the trader makes $500 profit and requests a $500 payout. The payout is pending and is processed the next business day. At the end of Day 1, the balance is $500 and the drawdown moves up by $500. At the start of Day 2, the payout is processed and the balance is back to $0. Only $1,500 of drawdown room remains.
| Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome |
|---|
| During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day |
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ The drawdown locks when the end-of-day balance reaches $1,600 on a 25K Elite account ($1,500 drawdown), $2,100 on a 50K account ($2,000 drawdown), $3,100 on a 100K account ($3,000 drawdown), $4,600 on a 150K account ($4,500 drawdown), and $6,100 on a 300K account ($6,000 drawdown). Every account starts with a $0 balance.
| Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance) |
|---|
| 50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100 |
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
PremierTradeify · Introducing Tradeify LIVE: Unlocking Your Full Earning Potential | Tradeify Help CenterNew page published.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterImportant payout rule moved earlier in article; wording simplified in policy overview section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
− ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
− Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
− The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
After
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
+ ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
+ Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
+ The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
+ ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
+ Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
+ The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
− ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
− Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
− The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
PremierTradeify · Growth Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterDaily account reconciliation window changed from 6:00-8:00 p.m. EST/EDT to 5:00-6:00 p.m. ET; timezone notation standardized throughout; summary text added for payout tiers.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
Section: Important Notes
− - Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
Section: Payout Requirements
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
| $50,000 | $53,000 |
| $100,000 | $104,500 |
− Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
| $100,000 | $103,600 |
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
Section: Payout Window
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| 1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500 |
| 3 | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $4,000 |
Section: Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
| Payout Number | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| 2 | $1,750 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
- Each subsequent payout after the 6th can be any amount up to $25,000 per account.
Scenarios
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $53,000 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $51,500.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $1,400 in drawdown room.
Section: Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $52,100 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $50,600.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $500 in drawdown room.
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
After
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
Section: Important Notes
+ - Daily account reconciliations occur between 5:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. ET.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
Section: Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your balance must reach at least $26,500 on a $25,000 account, $53,000 on a $50,000 account, $104,500 on a $100,000 account, or $156,500 on a $150,000 account.
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
| $50,000 | $53,000 |
| $100,000 | $104,500 |
+ Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For Growth accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the minimum balance needed is $52,100 on a $50,000 account, $103,600 on a $100,000 account, and $155,100 on a $150,000 account.
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
| $100,000 | $103,600 |
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
Section: Payout Window
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25k account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50k account, it is $1,500 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, $2,500 for Payout 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100k account, it is $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, and $4,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150k account, it is $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $4,000 for Payout 3, and $5,000 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| 1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500 |
| 3 | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $4,000 |
Section: Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the maximum payout per request is as follows. On a $50k account: $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,750 for Payout 2, $2,000 for Payout 3, $2,250 for Payout 4, $2,500 for Payout 5, and $3,000 for Payout 6. On a $100k account: $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, $3,500 for Payout 4, $4,000 for Payout 5, and $5,000 for Payout 6. On a $150k account: $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $3,500 for Payout 3, $4,000 for Payout 4, $4,500 for Payout 5, and $5,500 for Payout 6.
| Payout Number | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| 2 | $1,750 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
- Each subsequent payout after the 6th can be any amount up to $25,000 per account.
Scenarios
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $53,000 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $51,500.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $1,400 in drawdown room.
Section: Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $52,100 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $50,600.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $500 in drawdown room.
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
Section: Important Notes
− - Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
+ - Daily account reconciliations occur between 5:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. ET.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
Section: Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your balance must reach at least $26,500 on a $25,000 account, $53,000 on a $50,000 account, $104,500 on a $100,000 account, or $156,500 on a $150,000 account.
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
| $50,000 | $53,000 |
| $100,000 | $104,500 |
− Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
+ Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For Growth accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the minimum balance needed is $52,100 on a $50,000 account, $103,600 on a $100,000 account, and $155,100 on a $150,000 account.
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
| $100,000 | $103,600 |
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
Section: Payout Window
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25k account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50k account, it is $1,500 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, $2,500 for Payout 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100k account, it is $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, and $4,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150k account, it is $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $4,000 for Payout 3, and $5,000 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| 1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500 |
| 3 | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $4,000 |
Section: Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the maximum payout per request is as follows. On a $50k account: $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,750 for Payout 2, $2,000 for Payout 3, $2,250 for Payout 4, $2,500 for Payout 5, and $3,000 for Payout 6. On a $100k account: $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, $3,500 for Payout 4, $4,000 for Payout 5, and $5,000 for Payout 6. On a $150k account: $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $3,500 for Payout 3, $4,000 for Payout 4, $4,500 for Payout 5, and $5,500 for Payout 6.
| Payout Number | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| 2 | $1,750 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
- Each subsequent payout after the 6th can be any amount up to $25,000 per account.
Scenarios
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $53,000 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $51,500.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $1,400 in drawdown room.
Section: Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $52,100 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $50,600.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $500 in drawdown room.
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
PremierTradeify · Lightning Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterTime zone changed from EST to ET in multiple locations; plain-English payout tier descriptions added.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Section: Payout Requirements
− Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal |
|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,500 |
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2 Profit Goal | Payout 3 Profit Goal+ |
|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $2,000 |
Important Notes
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
- Payout Profit Goals reset after each payout and to achieve the next payout you move on to the next Payout Profit Goal.
- e.g. for a $150k account when you reach Payout 1 Profit Goal of $9k you can request a payout — but the most you can withdraw on Payout 1 is the $3,000 cap shown in the Maximum Payout Per Request table below; the rest of your profit stays in the account. You now must achieve Payout 2 Profit Goal of $4.5k to take your next payout. (see Payout Profit Goal Table)
- Example: You have a $150k Lightning account (post-Sep 12) and just received your first payout. Your balance is now $159k but your profit goal resets — you need $4,500 in new profit from new trades. Your consistency also resets, now at 25% for Payout 2. This means your highest single profitable day cannot exceed $1,125 ($4,500 × 25%). A safe approach is ~$1,125/day across 4 trading days.
Section: Important Notes
− - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 P.M. EST.
Payout Procedure
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
Section: Payout Procedure
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
- The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
- The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number. These are hard caps — even if you have earned more profit (for example, the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal on a $150K account), you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the remaining profit stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25K Account | $50K Account | $100K Account | $150K Account |
|---|
| 1 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
- Payouts after the 4th remain capped at the same level as the 4th.
$25K Account Note: For $25K Lightning accounts, the payout amount is fixed at $1,000 for all payouts (the minimum and maximum are both $1,000).
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
After
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Section: Payout Requirements
+ Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Payout 1 Profit Goal is $1,500 on a $25,000 account, $3,000 on a $50,000 account, $6,000 on a $100,000 account, and $9,000 on a $150,000 account. The Profit Goal for Payout 2 and every payout after it is $1,000 on a $25,000 account, $2,000 on a $50,000 account, $3,500 on a $100,000 account, and $4,500 on a $150,000 account.
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal |
|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,500 |
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Profit Goals are as follows. On a $25,000 account, the goal is $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,000 for Payout 2, and $1,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $50,000 account, the goal is $3,000 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, and $2,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $100,000 account, the goal is $6,000 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, and $2,500 for Payout 3 and later. On a $150,000 account, the goal is $9,000 for Payout 1, $4,500 for Payout 2, and $3,000 for Payout 3 and later.
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2 Profit Goal | Payout 3 Profit Goal+ |
|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $2,000 |
Important Notes
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
- Payout Profit Goals reset after each payout and to achieve the next payout you move on to the next Payout Profit Goal.
- e.g. for a $150k account when you reach Payout 1 Profit Goal of $9k you can request a payout — but the most you can withdraw on Payout 1 is the $3,000 cap shown in the Maximum Payout Per Request table below; the rest of your profit stays in the account. You now must achieve Payout 2 Profit Goal of $4.5k to take your next payout. (see Payout Profit Goal Table)
- Example: You have a $150k Lightning account (post-Sep 12) and just received your first payout. Your balance is now $159k but your profit goal resets — you need $4,500 in new profit from new trades. Your consistency also resets, now at 25% for Payout 2. This means your highest single profitable day cannot exceed $1,125 ($4,500 × 25%). A safe approach is ~$1,125/day across 4 trading days.
Section: Important Notes
+ - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 5:00 P.M. and 6:00 P.M. ET.
Payout Procedure
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
Section: Payout Procedure
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
- The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
- The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number. These are hard caps — even if you have earned more profit (for example, the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal on a $150K account), you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the remaining profit stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25K account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50K account, it is $2,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $2,500 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100K account, it is $2,500 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150K account, it is $3,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,500 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25K Account | $50K Account | $100K Account | $150K Account |
|---|
| 1 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
- Payouts after the 4th remain capped at the same level as the 4th.
$25K Account Note: For $25K Lightning accounts, the payout amount is fixed at $1,000 for all payouts (the minimum and maximum are both $1,000).
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Section: Payout Requirements
− Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Payout 1 Profit Goal is $1,500 on a $25,000 account, $3,000 on a $50,000 account, $6,000 on a $100,000 account, and $9,000 on a $150,000 account. The Profit Goal for Payout 2 and every payout after it is $1,000 on a $25,000 account, $2,000 on a $50,000 account, $3,500 on a $100,000 account, and $4,500 on a $150,000 account.
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal |
|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,500 |
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Profit Goals are as follows. On a $25,000 account, the goal is $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,000 for Payout 2, and $1,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $50,000 account, the goal is $3,000 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, and $2,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $100,000 account, the goal is $6,000 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, and $2,500 for Payout 3 and later. On a $150,000 account, the goal is $9,000 for Payout 1, $4,500 for Payout 2, and $3,000 for Payout 3 and later.
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2 Profit Goal | Payout 3 Profit Goal+ |
|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $2,000 |
Important Notes
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
- Payout Profit Goals reset after each payout and to achieve the next payout you move on to the next Payout Profit Goal.
- e.g. for a $150k account when you reach Payout 1 Profit Goal of $9k you can request a payout — but the most you can withdraw on Payout 1 is the $3,000 cap shown in the Maximum Payout Per Request table below; the rest of your profit stays in the account. You now must achieve Payout 2 Profit Goal of $4.5k to take your next payout. (see Payout Profit Goal Table)
- Example: You have a $150k Lightning account (post-Sep 12) and just received your first payout. Your balance is now $159k but your profit goal resets — you need $4,500 in new profit from new trades. Your consistency also resets, now at 25% for Payout 2. This means your highest single profitable day cannot exceed $1,125 ($4,500 × 25%). A safe approach is ~$1,125/day across 4 trading days.
Section: Important Notes
− - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 P.M. EST.
+ - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 5:00 P.M. and 6:00 P.M. ET.
Payout Procedure
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
Section: Payout Procedure
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
- The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
- The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number. These are hard caps — even if you have earned more profit (for example, the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal on a $150K account), you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the remaining profit stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25K account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50K account, it is $2,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $2,500 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100K account, it is $2,500 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150K account, it is $3,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,500 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25K Account | $50K Account | $100K Account | $150K Account |
|---|
| 1 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
- Payouts after the 4th remain capped at the same level as the 4th.
$25K Account Note: For $25K Lightning accounts, the payout amount is fixed at $1,000 for all payouts (the minimum and maximum are both $1,000).
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
PremierTradeify · How Do I Get Funded After Passing an Evaluation? | Tradeify Help CenterInformation moved earlier in article: profits earned during evaluation do not carry over to funded account notice repositioned before funded account balance section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
− Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
After
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
+ Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
+ Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
− Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
PremierTradeify · Rules: Supported Trading Products / Assets | Tradeify Help CenterAdded EUREX support on Tradovate accounts, added clarifying notes about silver and micro contracts, and added summary lists before each instrument table.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT.
− The full list is below, but you can also check Tradovate's website for more details.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
MINI Equity Futures
Section: MINI Equity Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME |
| Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME |
EUREX Index Futures
Section: EUREX Index Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX |
| Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX |
EUREX Bond Futures
Section: EUREX Bond Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX |
| Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX |
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| British Pound | 6B | CME |
| Euro FX | 6E | CME |
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Live Cattle | LE | CME |
| Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT |
MINI Energy Futures
Section: MINI Energy Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX |
| E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX |
MINI Metal Futures
Section: MINI Metal Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Copper | HG | COMEX |
| Platinum | PL | NYMEX |
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
MICRO Futures (All Types)
Section: MICRO Futures (All Types)
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME |
| E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME |
− ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables above are supported.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
After
+ We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
+ The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
+ ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
MINI Equity Futures
Section: MINI Equity Futures
+ Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME |
| Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME |
EUREX Index Futures
Section: EUREX Index Futures
+ Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX |
| Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX |
EUREX Bond Futures
Section: EUREX Bond Futures
+ Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX |
| Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX |
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
+ Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| British Pound | 6B | CME |
| Euro FX | 6E | CME |
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
+ Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Live Cattle | LE | CME |
| Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT |
MINI Energy Futures
Section: MINI Energy Futures
+ Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX |
| E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX |
MINI Metal Futures
Section: MINI Metal Futures
+ Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Copper | HG | COMEX |
| Platinum | PL | NYMEX |
MICRO Futures (All Types)
Section: MICRO Futures (All Types)
+ Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME |
| E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME |
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
− We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT.
− The full list is below, but you can also check Tradovate's website for more details.
+ We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
+ The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
+ ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
MINI Equity Futures
Section: MINI Equity Futures
+ Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME |
| Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME |
EUREX Index Futures
Section: EUREX Index Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
+ Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX |
| Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX |
EUREX Bond Futures
Section: EUREX Bond Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
+ Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX |
| Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX |
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
+ Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| British Pound | 6B | CME |
| Euro FX | 6E | CME |
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
+ Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Live Cattle | LE | CME |
| Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT |
MINI Energy Futures
Section: MINI Energy Futures
+ Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX |
| E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX |
MINI Metal Futures
Section: MINI Metal Futures
+ Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Copper | HG | COMEX |
| Platinum | PL | NYMEX |
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
MICRO Futures (All Types)
Section: MICRO Futures (All Types)
+ Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
| Name | Symbol | Exchange |
|---|
| Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME |
| E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME |
− ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables above are supported.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Daily Loss Limit | Tradeify Help CenterEST changed to ET in legacy account description; all other content unchanged.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| 25K | N/A | $600 | $500 |
|---|
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
| Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes |
|---|
| 150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000 |
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
Section: Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
− If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
- Daily Loss Limit: $2,500
- Max Trailing Drawdown: $3,500 from high water mark
If you lose $2,500 in one day, the DLL triggers and trading pauses. You can trade again tomorrow.
Warning: If your high water mark is $101,000 and current balance is $99,000, your drawdown is only $2,000 away. Losing $2,500 would hit the drawdown BEFORE the DLL, failing your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Do Select accounts have a DLL?
A: It depends on your payout policy. Select Daily funded accounts have a DLL ($500 for 25K, $1,000 for 50K, $1,250 for 100K, $1,750 for 150K). Select Flex (5-Day) funded accounts do not have a DLL - only the Max Trailing Drawdown applies.
Q: Does the DLL reset each day?
A: Yes. The DLL resets at the start of each trading session (6:00 PM ET). Yesterday's losses don't count toward today's limit.
After
| 25K | N/A | $600 | $500 |
|---|
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
| Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes |
|---|
| 150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000 |
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
Section: Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
+ If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
- Daily Loss Limit: $2,500
- Max Trailing Drawdown: $3,500 from high water mark
If you lose $2,500 in one day, the DLL triggers and trading pauses. You can trade again tomorrow.
Warning: If your high water mark is $101,000 and current balance is $99,000, your drawdown is only $2,000 away. Losing $2,500 would hit the drawdown BEFORE the DLL, failing your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Do Select accounts have a DLL?
A: It depends on your payout policy. Select Daily funded accounts have a DLL ($500 for 25K, $1,000 for 50K, $1,250 for 100K, $1,750 for 150K). Select Flex (5-Day) funded accounts do not have a DLL - only the Max Trailing Drawdown applies.
Q: Does the DLL reset each day?
A: Yes. The DLL resets at the start of each trading session (6:00 PM ET). Yesterday's losses don't count toward today's limit.
| 25K | N/A | $600 | $500 |
|---|
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
| Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes |
|---|
| 150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000 |
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
Section: Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
− If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
+ If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
- Daily Loss Limit: $2,500
- Max Trailing Drawdown: $3,500 from high water mark
If you lose $2,500 in one day, the DLL triggers and trading pauses. You can trade again tomorrow.
Warning: If your high water mark is $101,000 and current balance is $99,000, your drawdown is only $2,000 away. Losing $2,500 would hit the drawdown BEFORE the DLL, failing your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Do Select accounts have a DLL?
A: It depends on your payout policy. Select Daily funded accounts have a DLL ($500 for 25K, $1,000 for 50K, $1,250 for 100K, $1,750 for 150K). Select Flex (5-Day) funded accounts do not have a DLL - only the Max Trailing Drawdown applies.
Q: Does the DLL reset each day?
A: Yes. The DLL resets at the start of each trading session (6:00 PM ET). Yesterday's losses don't count toward today's limit.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Consistency Rule | Tradeify Help CenterLightning Funded Accounts consistency rule effective date changed from EST to ET in two places; Growth Sim and Select rules unchanged.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
Why is the Consistency Rule Important?
Implementing the Consistency Rule is crucial for several reasons:
- Risk Management: It prevents traders from relying on a few high-risk trades to achieve overall profitability.
- Performance Stability: The rule encourages consistent performance, reducing the likelihood of erratic profit spikes.
- Discipline: It ensures traders maintain a steady approach and avoid taking excessive risks in pursuit of quick profits.
How Does the Consistency Rule Work?
No single trading day's profit should exceed the consistency percentage for your account type (40% for Select Evaluation, 35% for Growth, or 20-30% for Lightning Funded) of the total profits accumulated from the first day of trading up to the payout request date. To remain compliant with the 20% rule for Lightning Funded accounts, calculate using this method:
After
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
Why is the Consistency Rule Important?
Implementing the Consistency Rule is crucial for several reasons:
- Risk Management: It prevents traders from relying on a few high-risk trades to achieve overall profitability.
- Performance Stability: The rule encourages consistent performance, reducing the likelihood of erratic profit spikes.
- Discipline: It ensures traders maintain a steady approach and avoid taking excessive risks in pursuit of quick profits.
How Does the Consistency Rule Work?
No single trading day's profit should exceed the consistency percentage for your account type (40% for Select Evaluation, 35% for Growth, or 20-30% for Lightning Funded) of the total profits accumulated from the first day of trading up to the payout request date. To remain compliant with the 20% rule for Lightning Funded accounts, calculate using this method:
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
Why is the Consistency Rule Important?
Implementing the Consistency Rule is crucial for several reasons:
- Risk Management: It prevents traders from relying on a few high-risk trades to achieve overall profitability.
- Performance Stability: The rule encourages consistent performance, reducing the likelihood of erratic profit spikes.
- Discipline: It ensures traders maintain a steady approach and avoid taking excessive risks in pursuit of quick profits.
How Does the Consistency Rule Work?
No single trading day's profit should exceed the consistency percentage for your account type (40% for Select Evaluation, 35% for Growth, or 20-30% for Lightning Funded) of the total profits accumulated from the first day of trading up to the payout request date. To remain compliant with the 20% rule for Lightning Funded accounts, calculate using this method:
PremierTradeify · Lightning Funded Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterWarning about original parameters moved earlier, Daily Loss Limit note removed, and timezone abbreviation changed from EST to ET.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A "Lightning Funded" account allows traders to skip the typical evaluation phases and begin trading simulated funds immediately. This gives Tradeify traders direct access to a simulated funded account with the potential to start earning profits towards their payout from day one.
Tradeify offers Lightning Funded account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k. The rules for the Lightning Funded are stated in the table below:
Current Position Limits (September 2025+)
| Account Size | Trading Days to Payout | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|
| $150k | None | $3,000 | $5,250 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros) |
Please note: the Daily Loss Limit for 150k Lightning funded purchases made before March 31st is $3,750.
− ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Instant Payouts: Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Legacy Position Limits (Pre-September 2025)
− The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
| Account Size | Legacy Position Size |
|---|
| 100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros) |
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
| Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown |
|---|
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
After
A "Lightning Funded" account allows traders to skip the typical evaluation phases and begin trading simulated funds immediately. This gives Tradeify traders direct access to a simulated funded account with the potential to start earning profits towards their payout from day one.
+ ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Tradeify offers Lightning Funded account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k. The rules for the Lightning Funded are stated in the table below:
Current Position Limits (September 2025+)
| Account Size | Trading Days to Payout | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|
| $150k | None | $3,000 | $5,250 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros) |
Please note: the Daily Loss Limit for 150k Lightning funded purchases made before March 31st is $3,750.
Instant Payouts: Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Legacy Position Limits (Pre-September 2025)
+ The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET. Most accounts use the current limits above.
| Account Size | Legacy Position Size |
|---|
| 100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros) |
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
| Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown |
|---|
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
A "Lightning Funded" account allows traders to skip the typical evaluation phases and begin trading simulated funds immediately. This gives Tradeify traders direct access to a simulated funded account with the potential to start earning profits towards their payout from day one.
+ ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Tradeify offers Lightning Funded account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k. The rules for the Lightning Funded are stated in the table below:
Current Position Limits (September 2025+)
| Account Size | Trading Days to Payout | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|
| $150k | None | $3,000 | $5,250 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros) |
Please note: the Daily Loss Limit for 150k Lightning funded purchases made before March 31st is $3,750.
− ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Instant Payouts: Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Legacy Position Limits (Pre-September 2025)
− The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
+ The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET. Most accounts use the current limits above.
| Account Size | Legacy Position Size |
|---|
| 100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros) |
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
| Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown |
|---|
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
PremierTradeify · GROWTH™ Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterGROWTH™ evaluation minimum trading days reduced from 3 to 1, consistency rule removed, Daily Loss Limit added, payout policy changed to fixed; timezone notation changed from EST to ET; position size limits clarified for pre-September 12 accounts; activation fee terminology sim...Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
| Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation |
|---|
| Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) |
In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
GROWTH™ evaluation rules
The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
| Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|
| $50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros) |
| $100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros) |
− Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
| Account Size | Position Size |
|---|
| 100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros) |
The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
− - There is no time activation fee.
- If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
After
Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ GROWTH™ evaluation has a minimum of 1 trading day, so you can pass immediately. It has no consistency rule. It has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach). It uses a fixed payout policy, with no choice. SELECT™ evaluation has a minimum of 3 trading days because of its consistency rule. Its consistency rule is 40%, so no single day can be more than 40% of profit. It has no Daily Loss Limit during the evaluation. After passing, you choose the Flex or Daily payout policy.
| Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation |
|---|
| Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) |
In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
GROWTH™ evaluation rules
The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ On a $25k GROWTH™ evaluation, the profit target is $1,500, the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) is $600, the trailing max drawdown is $1,000, and the max position size is 1 contract (10 micros). On a $50k account, the profit target is $3,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $1,250, the trailing max drawdown is $2,000, and the max position size is 4 contracts (40 micros). On a $100k account, the profit target is $6,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $2,500, the trailing max drawdown is $3,500, and the max position size is 8 contracts (80 micros). On a $150k account, the profit target is $9,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $3,750, the trailing max drawdown is $5,000, and the max position size is 12 contracts (120 micros).
| Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|
| $50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros) |
| $100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros) |
+ Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For GROWTH™ accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the max position size is 5 contracts (50 micros) on a 50k account, 10 contracts (100 micros) on a 100k account, and 15 contracts (150 micros) on a 150k account.
| Account Size | Position Size |
|---|
| 100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros) |
The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
+ - There is no activation fee.
- If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ GROWTH™ evaluation has a minimum of 1 trading day, so you can pass immediately. It has no consistency rule. It has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach). It uses a fixed payout policy, with no choice. SELECT™ evaluation has a minimum of 3 trading days because of its consistency rule. Its consistency rule is 40%, so no single day can be more than 40% of profit. It has no Daily Loss Limit during the evaluation. After passing, you choose the Flex or Daily payout policy.
| Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation |
|---|
| Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) |
In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
GROWTH™ evaluation rules
The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ On a $25k GROWTH™ evaluation, the profit target is $1,500, the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) is $600, the trailing max drawdown is $1,000, and the max position size is 1 contract (10 micros). On a $50k account, the profit target is $3,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $1,250, the trailing max drawdown is $2,000, and the max position size is 4 contracts (40 micros). On a $100k account, the profit target is $6,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $2,500, the trailing max drawdown is $3,500, and the max position size is 8 contracts (80 micros). On a $150k account, the profit target is $9,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $3,750, the trailing max drawdown is $5,000, and the max position size is 12 contracts (120 micros).
| Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size |
|---|
| $50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros) |
| $100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros) |
− Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For GROWTH™ accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the max position size is 5 contracts (50 micros) on a 50k account, 10 contracts (100 micros) on a 100k account, and 15 contracts (150 micros) on a 150k account.
| Account Size | Position Size |
|---|
| 100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros) |
The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
− - There is no time activation fee.
+ - There is no activation fee.
- If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterGrowth and Select pricing added as plain text; Select 300K V2 price reduced from $449 to $349; Lightning pricing and commission fees added as plain text.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Growth Evaluation Pricing
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Growth 50K | $145 | $95 |
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 50K | $165 | $109 |
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 50K | $205 | $135 |
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Section: Lightning Funded Pricing
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) |
|---|
| Lightning 50K | $492 |
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
| Instrument | Round-Trip Commission |
|---|
| NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76 |
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
After
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Growth Evaluation Pricing
+ Growth 25K costs $99, and a reset costs $60. Growth 50K costs $145, and a reset costs $95. Growth 100K costs $255, and a reset costs $169. Growth 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $229.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Growth 50K | $145 | $95 |
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ With the standard 40% consistency rule, Select 25K costs $109, and a reset costs $75. Select 50K costs $165, and a reset costs $109. Select 100K costs $265, and a reset costs $169. Select 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $239. Select 300K (limited release) costs $349 (V2; V1 was $449), and resets are not available.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 50K | $165 | $109 |
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
+ With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 50K | $205 | $135 |
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Section: Lightning Funded Pricing
+ Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) |
|---|
| Lightning 50K | $492 |
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
+ The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.66 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
| Instrument | Round-Trip Commission |
|---|
| NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76 |
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Growth Evaluation Pricing
+ Growth 25K costs $99, and a reset costs $60. Growth 50K costs $145, and a reset costs $95. Growth 100K costs $255, and a reset costs $169. Growth 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $229.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Growth 50K | $145 | $95 |
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ With the standard 40% consistency rule, Select 25K costs $109, and a reset costs $75. Select 50K costs $165, and a reset costs $109. Select 100K costs $265, and a reset costs $169. Select 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $239. Select 300K (limited release) costs $349 (V2; V1 was $449), and resets are not available.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 50K | $165 | $109 |
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
+ With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 50K | $205 | $135 |
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Section: Lightning Funded Pricing
+ Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) |
|---|
| Lightning 50K | $492 |
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
+ The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.66 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
| Instrument | Round-Trip Commission |
|---|
| NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76 |
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
PremierTradeify · Data Feed Issues and Market Data Troubleshooting | Tradeify Help CenterClarified that NinjaTrader uses its own connection type with Tradovate credentials, not a separate Tradovate connection type.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Try incognito/private browsing mode
- Switch to different timeframe and back
- Try a different browser
Tradovate Mobile App
Mobile app shows delayed data:
- Force close and restart the app
- Check your internet connection (try WiFi vs cellular)
- Log out and log back in
- Update app to the latest version
- Restart your phone if issues persist
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
Section: NinjaTrader Platform
− - Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
After
- Try incognito/private browsing mode
- Switch to different timeframe and back
- Try a different browser
Tradovate Mobile App
Mobile app shows delayed data:
- Force close and restart the app
- Check your internet connection (try WiFi vs cellular)
- Log out and log back in
- Update app to the latest version
- Restart your phone if issues persist
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
Section: NinjaTrader Platform
+ - Verify the NinjaTrader connection is connected (NinjaTrader uses its own "NinjaTrader" connection type with your Tradovate credentials; there is no Tradovate connection type)
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
- Try incognito/private browsing mode
- Switch to different timeframe and back
- Try a different browser
Tradovate Mobile App
Mobile app shows delayed data:
- Force close and restart the app
- Check your internet connection (try WiFi vs cellular)
- Log out and log back in
- Update app to the latest version
- Restart your phone if issues persist
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
Section: NinjaTrader Platform
− - Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
+ - Verify the NinjaTrader connection is connected (NinjaTrader uses its own "NinjaTrader" connection type with your Tradovate credentials; there is no Tradovate connection type)
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
PremierTradeify · Platform Connection Troubleshooting | Tradeify Help CenterSupported platforms list changed from Tradovate, WealthCharts, and NinjaTrader to Tradovate with NinjaTrader and TradingView, Rithmic with multiple platforms, and WealthCharts.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
TradingView is a third-party software application that operate independently of Tradeify's systems. Issues arising from these third-party platforms' API connectivity, software bugs, data feed problems, or other technical malfunctions are outside Tradeify's control and support scope. Accounts affected by third-party software issues will not be repaired or adjusted by Tradeify.
Section: 🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
− Supported Platforms: Tradovate, WealthCharts, and NinjaTrader are directly supported by Tradeify.
Quick Diagnosis Checklist
Before diving into specific solutions, run through this quick checklist:
- Internet connection is stable and active
- Platform credentials are correct and current
- Account status is active with Tradeify
- Platform updates - using latest version of software
- System requirements are met for the platform
- Configure and test your stop-loss settings within a practice environment to ensure reliability during live trading.
General Connection Issues - Credential Problems
Symptoms: "Invalid credentials" or "Access denied" errors
Solutions:
- Verify credentials from Tradeify dashboard
After
🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
TradingView is a third-party software application that operate independently of Tradeify's systems. Issues arising from these third-party platforms' API connectivity, software bugs, data feed problems, or other technical malfunctions are outside Tradeify's control and support scope. Accounts affected by third-party software issues will not be repaired or adjusted by Tradeify.
Section: 🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
+ Supported Platforms: Tradovate (with NinjaTrader and TradingView), Rithmic (with Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader), and WealthCharts are supported by Tradeify.
Quick Diagnosis Checklist
Before diving into specific solutions, run through this quick checklist:
- Internet connection is stable and active
- Platform credentials are correct and current
- Account status is active with Tradeify
- Platform updates - using latest version of software
- System requirements are met for the platform
- Configure and test your stop-loss settings within a practice environment to ensure reliability during live trading.
General Connection Issues - Credential Problems
Symptoms: "Invalid credentials" or "Access denied" errors
Solutions:
- Verify credentials from Tradeify dashboard
🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
TradingView is a third-party software application that operate independently of Tradeify's systems. Issues arising from these third-party platforms' API connectivity, software bugs, data feed problems, or other technical malfunctions are outside Tradeify's control and support scope. Accounts affected by third-party software issues will not be repaired or adjusted by Tradeify.
Section: 🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
− Supported Platforms: Tradovate, WealthCharts, and NinjaTrader are directly supported by Tradeify.
+ Supported Platforms: Tradovate (with NinjaTrader and TradingView), Rithmic (with Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader), and WealthCharts are supported by Tradeify.
Quick Diagnosis Checklist
Before diving into specific solutions, run through this quick checklist:
- Internet connection is stable and active
- Platform credentials are correct and current
- Account status is active with Tradeify
- Platform updates - using latest version of software
- System requirements are met for the platform
- Configure and test your stop-loss settings within a practice environment to ensure reliability during live trading.
General Connection Issues - Credential Problems
Symptoms: "Invalid credentials" or "Access denied" errors
Solutions:
- Verify credentials from Tradeify dashboard
PremierTradeify · Supported Platforms | Tradeify Help CenterRevised broker selection guidance to present Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts as equal-priced options and added R|Trader to Rithmic's available platforms.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Section: Which platform should I choose?
− Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
After
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Section: Which platform should I choose?
+ Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts are equal options at the same price. Choose the broker that gives you the platform you want to use. Tradovate is cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives you access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts gives you access to the WealthCharts platform only.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Section: Which platform should I choose?
− Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
+ Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts are equal options at the same price. Choose the broker that gives you the platform you want to use. Tradovate is cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives you access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts gives you access to the WealthCharts platform only.
PremierTradeify · Understanding CME Contracts: A Complete Guide | Tradeify Help CenterTrade positioning requirement changed to mandate daily position closure by 4:45 PM ET instead of allowing longer-term holdings with rolling.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Professional traders roll before expiration
- Avoid trading contracts close to expiration
Why This Matters for Your Trading
Liquidity Issues
Trading expired or near-expired contracts can cause:
- Poor fill prices
- Wide bid-ask spreads
- Difficulty entering/exiting positions
- Slippage on larger orders
Contract Selection Best Practices
✅ Trade the front month contract (highest volume)
✅ Check expiration dates before opening positions
Section: Why This Matters for Your Trading
− ✅ Roll positions before expiration if holding longer-term
✅ Use CME calendars to verify active contracts
❌ Don't trade contracts within 1-2 weeks of expiration
❌ Don't assume all months have the same liquidity
❌ Don't roll backwards (from Dec to Nov - always forward)
Common Contract Expiration Schedule
Quarterly Contracts (Most Liquid)
ES, NQ, RTY, YM: March (H), June (M), September (U), December (Z)
Monthly Contracts
Some products trade every month, others only quarterly
Serial Expiration
Contracts expire on the 3rd Friday of the contract month (typically)
How to Stay Informed
After
- Professional traders roll before expiration
- Avoid trading contracts close to expiration
Why This Matters for Your Trading
Liquidity Issues
Trading expired or near-expired contracts can cause:
- Poor fill prices
- Wide bid-ask spreads
- Difficulty entering/exiting positions
- Slippage on larger orders
Contract Selection Best Practices
✅ Trade the front month contract (highest volume)
✅ Check expiration dates before opening positions
Section: Why This Matters for Your Trading
+ ✅ Trade the front-month contract and switch to the next contract before expiration (Tradeify positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET each day)
✅ Use CME calendars to verify active contracts
❌ Don't trade contracts within 1-2 weeks of expiration
❌ Don't assume all months have the same liquidity
❌ Don't roll backwards (from Dec to Nov - always forward)
Common Contract Expiration Schedule
Quarterly Contracts (Most Liquid)
ES, NQ, RTY, YM: March (H), June (M), September (U), December (Z)
Monthly Contracts
Some products trade every month, others only quarterly
Serial Expiration
Contracts expire on the 3rd Friday of the contract month (typically)
How to Stay Informed
- Professional traders roll before expiration
- Avoid trading contracts close to expiration
Why This Matters for Your Trading
Liquidity Issues
Trading expired or near-expired contracts can cause:
- Poor fill prices
- Wide bid-ask spreads
- Difficulty entering/exiting positions
- Slippage on larger orders
Contract Selection Best Practices
✅ Trade the front month contract (highest volume)
✅ Check expiration dates before opening positions
Section: Why This Matters for Your Trading
− ✅ Roll positions before expiration if holding longer-term
+ ✅ Trade the front-month contract and switch to the next contract before expiration (Tradeify positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET each day)
✅ Use CME calendars to verify active contracts
❌ Don't trade contracts within 1-2 weeks of expiration
❌ Don't assume all months have the same liquidity
❌ Don't roll backwards (from Dec to Nov - always forward)
Common Contract Expiration Schedule
Quarterly Contracts (Most Liquid)
ES, NQ, RTY, YM: March (H), June (M), September (U), December (Z)
Monthly Contracts
Some products trade every month, others only quarterly
Serial Expiration
Contracts expire on the 3rd Friday of the contract month (typically)
How to Stay Informed
PremierTradeify · What is a Trading Day? | Tradeify Help CenterTime zone abbreviations changed from EST/EDT to ET in four locations throughout the article.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
− Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
− For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
After
+ A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET the next day.
+ Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
+ For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M ET and then another at 7:00 P.M ET on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
− A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
− Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
+ A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET the next day.
+ Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
− For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
+ For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M ET and then another at 7:00 P.M ET on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterReconciliation window changed from 5-8 PM ET to 5-6 PM ET in two locations.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
− - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
- Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
- No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
- Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
After
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-6 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
+ - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-6 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
- Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
- No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
- Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
+ A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-6 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
− - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
+ - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-6 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
- Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
- No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
- Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
PremierTradeify · Essential Trading Rules Overview | Tradeify Help CenterEST/EDT changed to ET, and Growth account type renamed to Growth Funded with additional rule clarification.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Any positions left open when the market closes will be automatically closed by Tradeify. This will not result in account failure or penalties.
Trading Day Definition
Section: Trading Day Definition
− A trading day runs from 6:00 PM EST/EDT to 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next calendar day.
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
| Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent |
|---|
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
− Growth: 35% limit
Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
After
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Any positions left open when the market closes will be automatically closed by Tradeify. This will not result in account failure or penalties.
Trading Day Definition
Section: Trading Day Definition
+ A trading day runs from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next calendar day.
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
| Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent |
|---|
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
+ Growth Funded: 35% limit (the Growth Evaluation has no consistency rule)
Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Any positions left open when the market closes will be automatically closed by Tradeify. This will not result in account failure or penalties.
Trading Day Definition
Section: Trading Day Definition
− A trading day runs from 6:00 PM EST/EDT to 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next calendar day.
+ A trading day runs from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next calendar day.
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
| Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent |
|---|
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
− Growth: 35% limit
+ Growth Funded: 35% limit (the Growth Evaluation has no consistency rule)
Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
PremierTradeify · How Do I Start Trading? | Tradeify Help CenterAdded note that Tradovate setup is covered in this guide, with links to separate setup guides for Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
First choose an account of your preference, sign up and complete your purchase. After that you'll receive immediate access to begin trading. Here's your step-by-step setup process:
Step 1: Account Purchase
First, go to https://www.tradeify.co/#pricing-section to see our current plans and prices. In this case, I am Starting With a Growth 150k account
Once you have signed up to an evaluation you will be sent to the following page:
You can access your Tradovate login details via the 'Go to Dashboard' link or through the email confirmation that you will receive.
If you click on 'Go to Dashboard' you will see your Tradovate login details to begin trading:
Click 'Start Trading', use the Username and Password and following the instructions from Tradovate.
Then click where it says Launch to access to the Simulation Environment (these are simulated accounts)
If it's your first purchase, you will be prompted to sign the Non Professional Data agreement.
This is mandatory step. If you don't sign the agreement, you wont have real time data.
Articles to Help you Setup the Platform:
| - Platform | Tradovate Setup and Configuration |
|---|
After
First choose an account of your preference, sign up and complete your purchase. After that you'll receive immediate access to begin trading. Here's your step-by-step setup process:
+ This guide shows the setup for a Tradovate account. Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts have their own setup guides. For Rithmic, see the Tradesea Setup Guide, Quantower Setup Guide, Sierra Chart Setup Guide, or R|Trader Pro Setup Guide. For WealthCharts, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Step 1: Account Purchase
First, go to https://www.tradeify.co/#pricing-section to see our current plans and prices. In this case, I am Starting With a Growth 150k account
Once you have signed up to an evaluation you will be sent to the following page:
You can access your Tradovate login details via the 'Go to Dashboard' link or through the email confirmation that you will receive.
If you click on 'Go to Dashboard' you will see your Tradovate login details to begin trading:
Click 'Start Trading', use the Username and Password and following the instructions from Tradovate.
Then click where it says Launch to access to the Simulation Environment (these are simulated accounts)
If it's your first purchase, you will be prompted to sign the Non Professional Data agreement.
This is mandatory step. If you don't sign the agreement, you wont have real time data.
Articles to Help you Setup the Platform:
| - Platform | Tradovate Setup and Configuration |
|---|
First choose an account of your preference, sign up and complete your purchase. After that you'll receive immediate access to begin trading. Here's your step-by-step setup process:
+ This guide shows the setup for a Tradovate account. Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts have their own setup guides. For Rithmic, see the Tradesea Setup Guide, Quantower Setup Guide, Sierra Chart Setup Guide, or R|Trader Pro Setup Guide. For WealthCharts, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Step 1: Account Purchase
First, go to https://www.tradeify.co/#pricing-section to see our current plans and prices. In this case, I am Starting With a Growth 150k account
Once you have signed up to an evaluation you will be sent to the following page:
You can access your Tradovate login details via the 'Go to Dashboard' link or through the email confirmation that you will receive.
If you click on 'Go to Dashboard' you will see your Tradovate login details to begin trading:
Click 'Start Trading', use the Username and Password and following the instructions from Tradovate.
Then click where it says Launch to access to the Simulation Environment (these are simulated accounts)
If it's your first purchase, you will be prompted to sign the Non Professional Data agreement.
This is mandatory step. If you don't sign the agreement, you wont have real time data.
Articles to Help you Setup the Platform:
| - Platform | Tradovate Setup and Configuration |
|---|
PremierBluSky · Live Brokerage: Qualifying, Transitioning and Trading a Live Account | BluSky Rules and Help CenterAdded clarification that multiple active Sim Funded Accounts consolidate into one Live Brokerage account and cannot be traded alongside it.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If your qualifying 50K account carries a $2,000 drawdown, your Live Brokerage account would begin with:
Starting Balance: $0
Live Drawdown: $2,000
Eligible Sim Funded Profit: Bonus Vault
Option 2: Take the Buyout
If you prefer not to move into Live Brokerage, you can choose a one-time cash buyout equal to 50% of your applicable drawdown.
Using the same 50K example:
| Your Choice | What You Receive |
|---|
After taking the buyout, a cooldown applies before you can return to Evaluations.
Sim Funded Accounts After Your Brokerage Invitation
Section: Sim Funded Accounts After Your Brokerage Invitation
− Once your Live Brokerage invitation is issued, your active Sim Funded Accounts are considered to have completed the Sim Funded stage and are no longer eligible for further trading or payout activity.
Any trades placed or payout requests submitted on those Sim Funded Accounts after the Live Brokerage invitation has been issued will not be recognized and may be voided.
The transition becomes effective at the time the Live Brokerage invitation is issued.
From that point forward, discontinue all activity on your active Sim Funded Accounts and follow the instructions provided for your Live Brokerage transition.
What Happens to Your Sim Funded Profits?
Under the new structure, your eligible Sim Funded profits are kept separate from your live trading balance through your Bonus Vault.
Your Bonus Vault:
- Does not become your live starting balance
- Is not used as live trading capital
- Remains separate from your Brokerage account balance
- Is paid according to the applicable Bonus Vault rules
Your Live Brokerage account itself begins at $0.
What If You Already Have a Brokerage Account?
After
If your qualifying 50K account carries a $2,000 drawdown, your Live Brokerage account would begin with:
Starting Balance: $0
Live Drawdown: $2,000
Eligible Sim Funded Profit: Bonus Vault
Option 2: Take the Buyout
If you prefer not to move into Live Brokerage, you can choose a one-time cash buyout equal to 50% of your applicable drawdown.
Using the same 50K example:
| Your Choice | What You Receive |
|---|
After taking the buyout, a cooldown applies before you can return to Evaluations.
Sim Funded Accounts After Your Brokerage Invitation
Section: Sim Funded Accounts After Your Brokerage Invitation
+ Once your Live Brokerage invitation is issued, your active Sim Funded Accounts are considered to have completed the Sim Funded stage and are no longer eligible for further trading or payout activity. If you have multiple active Sim Funded Accounts, this applies to all of them, and your qualifying Sim Funded activity is consolidated into one Live Brokerage account with the applicable live risk parameters and Bonus Vault.
+ You do not continue trading additional Sim Funded Accounts alongside your Live Brokerage account. Once the Live Brokerage invitation is issued, further trading or payout activity on those accounts is no longer eligible.
Any trades placed or payout requests submitted on those Sim Funded Accounts after the Live Brokerage invitation has been issued will not be recognized and may be voided.
The transition becomes effective at the time the Live Brokerage invitation is issued.
From that point forward, discontinue all activity on your active Sim Funded Accounts and follow the instructions provided for your Live Brokerage transition.
What Happens to Your Sim Funded Profits?
Under the new structure, your eligible Sim Funded profits are kept separate from your live trading balance through your Bonus Vault.
Your Bonus Vault:
- Does not become your live starting balance
- Is not used as live trading capital
- Remains separate from your Brokerage account balance
- Is paid according to the applicable Bonus Vault rules
Your Live Brokerage account itself begins at $0.
What If You Already Have a Brokerage Account?
If your qualifying 50K account carries a $2,000 drawdown, your Live Brokerage account would begin with:
Starting Balance: $0
Live Drawdown: $2,000
Eligible Sim Funded Profit: Bonus Vault
Option 2: Take the Buyout
If you prefer not to move into Live Brokerage, you can choose a one-time cash buyout equal to 50% of your applicable drawdown.
Using the same 50K example:
| Your Choice | What You Receive |
|---|
After taking the buyout, a cooldown applies before you can return to Evaluations.
Sim Funded Accounts After Your Brokerage Invitation
Section: Sim Funded Accounts After Your Brokerage Invitation
− Once your Live Brokerage invitation is issued, your active Sim Funded Accounts are considered to have completed the Sim Funded stage and are no longer eligible for further trading or payout activity.
+ Once your Live Brokerage invitation is issued, your active Sim Funded Accounts are considered to have completed the Sim Funded stage and are no longer eligible for further trading or payout activity. If you have multiple active Sim Funded Accounts, this applies to all of them, and your qualifying Sim Funded activity is consolidated into one Live Brokerage account with the applicable live risk parameters and Bonus Vault.
+ You do not continue trading additional Sim Funded Accounts alongside your Live Brokerage account. Once the Live Brokerage invitation is issued, further trading or payout activity on those accounts is no longer eligible.
Any trades placed or payout requests submitted on those Sim Funded Accounts after the Live Brokerage invitation has been issued will not be recognized and may be voided.
The transition becomes effective at the time the Live Brokerage invitation is issued.
From that point forward, discontinue all activity on your active Sim Funded Accounts and follow the instructions provided for your Live Brokerage transition.
What Happens to Your Sim Funded Profits?
Under the new structure, your eligible Sim Funded profits are kept separate from your live trading balance through your Bonus Vault.
Your Bonus Vault:
- Does not become your live starting balance
- Is not used as live trading capital
- Remains separate from your Brokerage account balance
- Is paid according to the applicable Bonus Vault rules
Your Live Brokerage account itself begins at $0.
What If You Already Have a Brokerage Account?
PremierBluSky · Called Up to Live? Go Live or Take the Buyout | BluSky Rules and Help CenterAdded seven paragraphs explaining that multiple Sim Funded accounts consolidate into one Live Brokerage account upon transition, with trading restrictions.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Take the Buyout | $1,000 cash payout |
|---|
The choice is yours.
💰 $500 Minimum Payout Requests
BluSky is also standardizing payout request minimums.
The minimum payout request is now $500 across BluSky trading plans.
Any applicable payout caps, consistency requirements, profit thresholds, or other account-specific payout rules still apply.
📌 What About Accounts I Already Have?
The new Brokerage transition structure applies going forward beginning October 1, 2026.
Accounts already operating under their existing structure will not automatically be converted to the new $0 Brokerage / Bonus Vault setup.
Frequently Asked Questions
Do my Sim Funded profits become my Live Brokerage balance?
No. Under the new structure, your Live Brokerage account begins at $0 with its assigned drawdown. Eligible Sim Funded profits are instead associated with your Bonus Vault.
Section: What happens if I have multiple active Sim Funded accounts when I'm called up to Live Brokerage?
Do I have to accept Live Brokerage when I’m called up?
No. You can choose between moving into Live Brokerage or accepting the applicable one-time buyout.
How is my buyout calculated?
The buyout is equal to 50% of the applicable drawdown. For example, a $2,000 drawdown produces a $1,000 buyout.
Can I immediately purchase another Evaluation after accepting the buyout?
A short cooldown may apply before you can return to Evaluations.
After
| Take the Buyout | $1,000 cash payout |
|---|
The choice is yours.
💰 $500 Minimum Payout Requests
BluSky is also standardizing payout request minimums.
The minimum payout request is now $500 across BluSky trading plans.
Any applicable payout caps, consistency requirements, profit thresholds, or other account-specific payout rules still apply.
📌 What About Accounts I Already Have?
The new Brokerage transition structure applies going forward beginning October 1, 2026.
Accounts already operating under their existing structure will not automatically be converted to the new $0 Brokerage / Bonus Vault setup.
Frequently Asked Questions
Do my Sim Funded profits become my Live Brokerage balance?
No. Under the new structure, your Live Brokerage account begins at $0 with its assigned drawdown. Eligible Sim Funded profits are instead associated with your Bonus Vault.
Section: What happens if I have multiple active Sim Funded accounts when I'm called up to Live Brokerage?
+ What happens if I have multiple active Sim Funded accounts when I'm called up to Live Brokerage?
+ Once your Live Brokerage invitation is issued, your Sim Funded stage is considered complete across all of your active Sim Funded Accounts.
+ If you have multiple Sim Funded Accounts, they do not transition into separate Live Brokerage accounts. Instead, your eligible Sim Funded activity is consolidated into one Live Brokerage account, with the applicable live risk parameters and Bonus Vault established as part of your transition.
+ This means:
+ - All of your active Sim Funded Accounts are included in the transition and are no longer available for additional trading or payout requests.
+ - You will transition into one Live Brokerage account, rather than one live account for each Sim Funded Account.
+ - Eligible Sim Funded profits from your applicable accounts are handled according to the Bonus Vault rules associated with your Live Brokerage transition.
+ - Any trades placed or payout requests submitted on your Sim Funded Accounts after the Live Brokerage invitation is issued may be voided.
+ - You cannot continue trading Sim Funded Accounts alongside your Live Brokerage account once the invitation has been issued.
+ The cutoff takes effect when the Live Brokerage invitation is issued, regardless of when you open, view, or acknowledge it.
Do I have to accept Live Brokerage when I’m called up?
No. You can choose between moving into Live Brokerage or accepting the applicable one-time buyout.
How is my buyout calculated?
The buyout is equal to 50% of the applicable drawdown. For example, a $2,000 drawdown produces a $1,000 buyout.
Can I immediately purchase another Evaluation after accepting the buyout?
A short cooldown may apply before you can return to Evaluations.
| Take the Buyout | $1,000 cash payout |
|---|
The choice is yours.
💰 $500 Minimum Payout Requests
BluSky is also standardizing payout request minimums.
The minimum payout request is now $500 across BluSky trading plans.
Any applicable payout caps, consistency requirements, profit thresholds, or other account-specific payout rules still apply.
📌 What About Accounts I Already Have?
The new Brokerage transition structure applies going forward beginning October 1, 2026.
Accounts already operating under their existing structure will not automatically be converted to the new $0 Brokerage / Bonus Vault setup.
Frequently Asked Questions
Do my Sim Funded profits become my Live Brokerage balance?
No. Under the new structure, your Live Brokerage account begins at $0 with its assigned drawdown. Eligible Sim Funded profits are instead associated with your Bonus Vault.
Section: What happens if I have multiple active Sim Funded accounts when I'm called up to Live Brokerage?
+ What happens if I have multiple active Sim Funded accounts when I'm called up to Live Brokerage?
+ Once your Live Brokerage invitation is issued, your Sim Funded stage is considered complete across all of your active Sim Funded Accounts.
+ If you have multiple Sim Funded Accounts, they do not transition into separate Live Brokerage accounts. Instead, your eligible Sim Funded activity is consolidated into one Live Brokerage account, with the applicable live risk parameters and Bonus Vault established as part of your transition.
+ This means:
+ - All of your active Sim Funded Accounts are included in the transition and are no longer available for additional trading or payout requests.
+ - You will transition into one Live Brokerage account, rather than one live account for each Sim Funded Account.
+ - Eligible Sim Funded profits from your applicable accounts are handled according to the Bonus Vault rules associated with your Live Brokerage transition.
+ - Any trades placed or payout requests submitted on your Sim Funded Accounts after the Live Brokerage invitation is issued may be voided.
+ - You cannot continue trading Sim Funded Accounts alongside your Live Brokerage account once the invitation has been issued.
+ The cutoff takes effect when the Live Brokerage invitation is issued, regardless of when you open, view, or acknowledge it.
Do I have to accept Live Brokerage when I’m called up?
No. You can choose between moving into Live Brokerage or accepting the applicable one-time buyout.
How is my buyout calculated?
The buyout is equal to 50% of the applicable drawdown. For example, a $2,000 drawdown produces a $1,000 buyout.
Can I immediately purchase another Evaluation after accepting the buyout?
A short cooldown may apply before you can return to Evaluations.
PremierDayTraders.com · Allowed Number Of Accounts: Evaluations and Pro Accounts | DayTraders.com Help CenterEvaluation account limit changed from 15 to unlimited.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- S2F accounts
You can distribute these 15 accounts however you prefer, with one exception: S2F Accounts.
- You can hold up to 5 S2F accounts maximum within your total 15 funded accounts
Examples
- 12 Pro accounts + 3 S2F
- 7 Pro Static + 3 Pro Trailing + 3 S2F + 2 S2L
- 10 Pro accounts + 5 S2L
- 10 Pro accounts + 5 S2F
All are valid as long as:
- Total funded accounts do not exceed 15
- S2F accounts do not exceed 5
Evaluation Accounts
Section: Evaluation Accounts
− - You can hold up to 15 active Evaluation accounts at the same time
Why These Limits Exist
These limits are designed to:
- Maintain platform performance and stability
- Ensure fair usage across all traders
- Help traders manage accounts effectively
- Prevent excessive risk exposure across multiple accounts
What This Means for You
- More flexibility to scale with multiple funded accounts
- Ability to combine different account types based on your strategy
- A controlled and stable trading environment
Quick Reference
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|
| EOD Sim Funded Accounts | Max 5 (within the 15) |
Section: Quick Reference
−
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|---|
| Evaluation Accounts | 15 active |
Summary
These limits are in place to keep your trading experience efficient, organized, and fair, while ensuring the system remains stable and compliant.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
After
- S2F accounts
You can distribute these 15 accounts however you prefer, with one exception: S2F Accounts.
- You can hold up to 5 S2F accounts maximum within your total 15 funded accounts
Examples
- 12 Pro accounts + 3 S2F
- 7 Pro Static + 3 Pro Trailing + 3 S2F + 2 S2L
- 10 Pro accounts + 5 S2L
- 10 Pro accounts + 5 S2F
All are valid as long as:
- Total funded accounts do not exceed 15
- S2F accounts do not exceed 5
Evaluation Accounts
Section: Evaluation Accounts
+ - You can hold unlimited Evaluation Accounts
Why These Limits Exist
These limits are designed to:
- Maintain platform performance and stability
- Ensure fair usage across all traders
- Help traders manage accounts effectively
- Prevent excessive risk exposure across multiple accounts
What This Means for You
- More flexibility to scale with multiple funded accounts
- Ability to combine different account types based on your strategy
- A controlled and stable trading environment
Quick Reference
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|
| EOD Sim Funded Accounts | Max 5 (within the 15) |
Section: Quick Reference
+
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|---|
| Evaluation Accounts | Unlimited |
Summary
These limits are in place to keep your trading experience efficient, organized, and fair, while ensuring the system remains stable and compliant.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
- S2F accounts
You can distribute these 15 accounts however you prefer, with one exception: S2F Accounts.
- You can hold up to 5 S2F accounts maximum within your total 15 funded accounts
Examples
- 12 Pro accounts + 3 S2F
- 7 Pro Static + 3 Pro Trailing + 3 S2F + 2 S2L
- 10 Pro accounts + 5 S2L
- 10 Pro accounts + 5 S2F
All are valid as long as:
- Total funded accounts do not exceed 15
- S2F accounts do not exceed 5
Evaluation Accounts
Section: Evaluation Accounts
− - You can hold up to 15 active Evaluation accounts at the same time
+ - You can hold unlimited Evaluation Accounts
Why These Limits Exist
These limits are designed to:
- Maintain platform performance and stability
- Ensure fair usage across all traders
- Help traders manage accounts effectively
- Prevent excessive risk exposure across multiple accounts
What This Means for You
- More flexibility to scale with multiple funded accounts
- Ability to combine different account types based on your strategy
- A controlled and stable trading environment
Quick Reference
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|
| EOD Sim Funded Accounts | Max 5 (within the 15) |
Section: Quick Reference
−
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|---|
| Evaluation Accounts | 15 active |
+
| Account Type | Max Allowed |
|---|---|
| Evaluation Accounts | Unlimited |
Summary
These limits are in place to keep your trading experience efficient, organized, and fair, while ensuring the system remains stable and compliant.
Content and resources provided by DayTraders.com, including simulated trading environments, are for educational purposes only. We do not offer real-money trading accounts, and no actual funds are deposited with or traded through our platform. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Services are exclusively for non-professional traders.
PremierLucid Trading · LucidDaily Live | Lucid Trading Help CenterMax Loss Limit locking behavior changed: now locks at $100 when profits equal starting drawdown or when payout requested before profit generation.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
IMPORTANT
We move traders live every evening after the final session report comes in at 6 PM est. This process can take several hours. When a trader is moved live, their trading accounts are paused and all positions are flattened.
This mean in some cases, LucidDaily funded traders will be moved live and flattened while in an active position. In the spirit of fairness to all traders, we will adhere to the following policy.
When you are moved live in a LucidDaily funded account, we will be using your prior day closing balance as the amount you are moved live with. Any profits or losses made in the session you are moved live will not be counted. This ensures every trader is treated equally.
Consistency Rules at Live
There are no consistency requirements for live accounts.
Locking the Live MLL
Lucid Live accounts use an End-of-Day Drawdown (EOD Drawdown) system to calculate the Max Loss Limit (MLL).
- At the end of each trading session, the system calculates the account’s highest closing balance.
- The MLL increases as the account balance grows, up to a defined point.
- Once a trader generates live profits equal to their starting live drawdown, the Max Loss Limit locks at $100 and no longer moves.
- If a trader requests a live payout before generating profits over the live drawdown, the Max Loss Limit locks to $100.
− Live Bonus
− There is no live bonus in for traders that are moved live from a LucidDaily account.
Cooldown
Traders who have been moved live may return to purchase a new evaluation after blowing a live account..
- Standard cooldown period: 2 weeks
- Traders who repeatedly blow live accounts due to reckless or "yolo" behavior may be subject to longer cooldowns at the discretion of the risk team
LucidMaxx Status
Select traders may eventually earn LucidMaxx status.
LucidMaxx traders:
- May purchase the LucidMaxx evaluation
- Receive access to daily, uncapped payouts and instant live capital
Please refer to the LucidMaxx documentation for full details.
LucidLive Account FAQ
Do all funded prop accounts move live at once?
After
IMPORTANT
We move traders live every evening after the final session report comes in at 6 PM est. This process can take several hours. When a trader is moved live, their trading accounts are paused and all positions are flattened.
This mean in some cases, LucidDaily funded traders will be moved live and flattened while in an active position. In the spirit of fairness to all traders, we will adhere to the following policy.
When you are moved live in a LucidDaily funded account, we will be using your prior day closing balance as the amount you are moved live with. Any profits or losses made in the session you are moved live will not be counted. This ensures every trader is treated equally.
Consistency Rules at Live
There are no consistency requirements for live accounts.
Locking the Live MLL
Lucid Live accounts use an End-of-Day Drawdown (EOD Drawdown) system to calculate the Max Loss Limit (MLL).
- At the end of each trading session, the system calculates the account’s highest closing balance.
- The MLL increases as the account balance grows, up to a defined point.
- Once a trader generates live profits equal to their starting live drawdown, the Max Loss Limit locks at $100 and no longer moves.
- If a trader requests a live payout before generating profits over the live drawdown, the Max Loss Limit locks to $100.
Cooldown
Traders who have been moved live may return to purchase a new evaluation after blowing a live account..
- Standard cooldown period: 2 weeks
- Traders who repeatedly blow live accounts due to reckless or "yolo" behavior may be subject to longer cooldowns at the discretion of the risk team
LucidMaxx Status
Select traders may eventually earn LucidMaxx status.
LucidMaxx traders:
- May purchase the LucidMaxx evaluation
- Receive access to daily, uncapped payouts and instant live capital
Please refer to the LucidMaxx documentation for full details.
LucidLive Account FAQ
Do all funded prop accounts move live at once?
IMPORTANT
We move traders live every evening after the final session report comes in at 6 PM est. This process can take several hours. When a trader is moved live, their trading accounts are paused and all positions are flattened.
This mean in some cases, LucidDaily funded traders will be moved live and flattened while in an active position. In the spirit of fairness to all traders, we will adhere to the following policy.
When you are moved live in a LucidDaily funded account, we will be using your prior day closing balance as the amount you are moved live with. Any profits or losses made in the session you are moved live will not be counted. This ensures every trader is treated equally.
Consistency Rules at Live
There are no consistency requirements for live accounts.
Locking the Live MLL
Lucid Live accounts use an End-of-Day Drawdown (EOD Drawdown) system to calculate the Max Loss Limit (MLL).
- At the end of each trading session, the system calculates the account’s highest closing balance.
- The MLL increases as the account balance grows, up to a defined point.
- Once a trader generates live profits equal to their starting live drawdown, the Max Loss Limit locks at $100 and no longer moves.
- If a trader requests a live payout before generating profits over the live drawdown, the Max Loss Limit locks to $100.
− Live Bonus
− There is no live bonus in for traders that are moved live from a LucidDaily account.
Cooldown
Traders who have been moved live may return to purchase a new evaluation after blowing a live account..
- Standard cooldown period: 2 weeks
- Traders who repeatedly blow live accounts due to reckless or "yolo" behavior may be subject to longer cooldowns at the discretion of the risk team
LucidMaxx Status
Select traders may eventually earn LucidMaxx status.
LucidMaxx traders:
- May purchase the LucidMaxx evaluation
- Receive access to daily, uncapped payouts and instant live capital
Please refer to the LucidMaxx documentation for full details.
LucidLive Account FAQ
Do all funded prop accounts move live at once?
PremierTopstep · I've been banned. What are my options? | Topstep Help CenterNew page published.Oct 16
PremierTopstep · Risk Adjustments: High Risk/High Volatility | Topstep Help CenterArticle reorganized into separate sections for Trading Combines & Challenges and Express Funded Accounts, with XFA removed from Combines table and new scaling margin rules added for XFAs.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- Micros (MES, M2K, MYM, MNQ, MGC): Opening transactions limited to 1, 3, 6, 9, and 15 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- MHG and SIL: Opening transactions limited to 1, 2, 5, 7, 12 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- Other products (energies, rates, FX, etc.) are unaffected.
- Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in energies and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
- Pending orders: Pending orders are not open positions. They will not fill during the 10-minute window, and new pending orders intended to execute during this timeframe cannot be placed. TP/SL brackets that are reducing/closing positions will be accepted during the window.
- How you'll be alerted: we'll email you and you'll see a banner at the top of the platform, so you're always prepared.
Tier 1 News Events
−
| Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 3K Challenge | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available |
| 25K | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro |
−
| Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 50K XFA | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micros |
| 50K | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros |
|---|
| 150K | $150,000 | 9 | Blocked | Capped at 9 micros |
| 250K | $250,000 | 15 | Blocked | Capped at 15 micros |
Section: Express Funded Accounts
Have Questions?
Our Trader Support Team is here to help. If you have questions about current position limits or how these adjustments affect your trading, please contact support.
Related Articles:
- CME Velocity Logic
- When and What Products Can I Trade?
- Topstep Program Overview
After
- Micros (MES, M2K, MYM, MNQ, MGC): Opening transactions limited to 1, 3, 6, 9, and 15 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- MHG and SIL: Opening transactions limited to 1, 2, 5, 7, 12 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- Other products (energies, rates, FX, etc.) are unaffected.
- Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in energies and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
- Pending orders: Pending orders are not open positions. They will not fill during the 10-minute window, and new pending orders intended to execute during this timeframe cannot be placed. TP/SL brackets that are reducing/closing positions will be accepted during the window.
- How you'll be alerted: we'll email you and you'll see a banner at the top of the platform, so you're always prepared.
Tier 1 News Events
+
$3K Challenge Undead $50,000 3 Blocked Capped at 3 micros $3K Challenge Slasher $20,000 1 Blocked Capped at 1 micro
| Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $1.5K, $3K, and $6K Challenges | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available |
| 25K | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro |
| 50K | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros |
|---|
| 150K | $150,000 | 9 | Blocked | Capped at 9 micros |
| 250K | $250,000 | 15 | Blocked | Capped at 15 micros |
Section: Express Funded Accounts
+ Express Funded Accounts
+ Express Funded Accounts (XFAs) have margin that scales with balance. This is called the Scaling Plan. See details on your Maximum Position Size when accounting for both Tier 1 News Event restrictions, and the Scaling Plan.
+
$50K XFA Below $1500 $20,000 0/1 0/1 $50K XFA $1500-$2000 $30,000 0/1 0/1 $50K XFA Above $2000 $50,000 0/3 0/2 $100K XFA Below $1500 $30,000 0/1 0/1 $100K XFA $1500-$2000 $40,000 0/2 0/2 $100K XFA $2,000-3,000 $50,000 0/3 0/2 $100K XFA Above $3,000 $100,000 0/6 0/5 $150K XFA Below $1500 $30,000 0/1 0/1 $150K XFA $1500-$2000 $40,000 0/2 0/2 $150K XFA $2,000-3,000 $50,000 0/3 0/2 $150K XFA $3,000-$4,500 $100,000 0/6 0/5 $150K XFA Above $4,500 $150,000 0/9 0/7
| Account | Balance | Margin | Minis/Micros | SIL & MHG |
|---|
Have Questions?
Our Trader Support Team is here to help. If you have questions about current position limits or how these adjustments affect your trading, please contact support.
Related Articles:
- CME Velocity Logic
- When and What Products Can I Trade?
- Topstep Program Overview
- Micros (MES, M2K, MYM, MNQ, MGC): Opening transactions limited to 1, 3, 6, 9, and 15 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- MHG and SIL: Opening transactions limited to 1, 2, 5, 7, 12 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- Other products (energies, rates, FX, etc.) are unaffected.
- Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in energies and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
- Pending orders: Pending orders are not open positions. They will not fill during the 10-minute window, and new pending orders intended to execute during this timeframe cannot be placed. TP/SL brackets that are reducing/closing positions will be accepted during the window.
- How you'll be alerted: we'll email you and you'll see a banner at the top of the platform, so you're always prepared.
Tier 1 News Events
−
| Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 3K Challenge | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available |
+
$3K Challenge Undead $50,000 3 Blocked Capped at 3 micros $3K Challenge Slasher $20,000 1 Blocked Capped at 1 micro
| Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $1.5K, $3K, and $6K Challenges | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available |
| 25K | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro |
−
| Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 50K XFA | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micros |
| 50K | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros |
| 150K | $150,000 | 9 | Blocked | Capped at 9 micros |
| 250K | $250,000 | 15 | Blocked | Capped at 15 micros |
Section: Express Funded Accounts
+ Express Funded Accounts
+ Express Funded Accounts (XFAs) have margin that scales with balance. This is called the Scaling Plan. See details on your Maximum Position Size when accounting for both Tier 1 News Event restrictions, and the Scaling Plan.
+
$50K XFA Below $1500 $20,000 0/1 0/1 $50K XFA $1500-$2000 $30,000 0/1 0/1 $50K XFA Above $2000 $50,000 0/3 0/2 $100K XFA Below $1500 $30,000 0/1 0/1 $100K XFA $1500-$2000 $40,000 0/2 0/2 $100K XFA $2,000-3,000 $50,000 0/3 0/2 $100K XFA Above $3,000 $100,000 0/6 0/5 $150K XFA Below $1500 $30,000 0/1 0/1 $150K XFA $1500-$2000 $40,000 0/2 0/2 $150K XFA $2,000-3,000 $50,000 0/3 0/2 $150K XFA $3,000-$4,500 $100,000 0/6 0/5 $150K XFA Above $4,500 $150,000 0/9 0/7
| Account | Balance | Margin | Minis/Micros | SIL & MHG |
|---|
Have Questions?
Our Trader Support Team is here to help. If you have questions about current position limits or how these adjustments affect your trading, please contact support.
Related Articles:
- CME Velocity Logic
- When and What Products Can I Trade?
- Topstep Program Overview
PremierTradeify · KYC and AML Policy | Tradeify Help CenterIdentity verification timing requirements changed based on account type and geographic location, with separate rules for Tradeify Futures versus Tradeify 247.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
− You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
− - Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
− - Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
− If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
When do I need to complete KYC?
− For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is part of your purchase. For evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X), it's required after you pass — before your funded account is activated. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
− Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, you may contact support to explore other options.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
After
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required for every funded trader. When it is required depends on whether you trade with Tradeify Futures or Tradeify 247 — see "When is it required?" below. Payout provider verification with Rise is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
+ You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard, and you can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below, including when it is required for your account.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
+ - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required before your first payout, or earlier in the cases listed under Step 1.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
+ - Tradeify Futures (Growth, Select, Lightning): identity verification is required before your first payout
+ - Tradeify Futures, residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates: identity verification is required before you receive a funded account, including Lightning Funded accounts
+ - Tradeify 247 Instant Funding: identity verification is part of your purchase
+ - Tradeify 247 evaluations (2-Step, 1-Step, and legacy APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
+ Rise is Tradeify's default payout provider.
+ Tradeify Futures: if Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Yes. Both Tradeify identity verification and payout provider verification are required before you receive your first payout (and identity verification may be needed earlier, as explained below).
When do I need to complete KYC?
+ Tradeify Futures: before your first payout; residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before they receive a funded account. Tradeify 247: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass and before activation for 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. On both brands, crypto purchases require it at checkout. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
+ Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, Tradeify Futures uses Plane as the alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
− Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required for every funded trader. When it is required depends on whether you trade with Tradeify Futures or Tradeify 247 — see "When is it required?" below. Payout provider verification with Rise is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
− You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
+ You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard, and you can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below, including when it is required for your account.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
+ - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required before your first payout, or earlier in the cases listed under Step 1.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
− - Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
− - Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
+ - Tradeify Futures (Growth, Select, Lightning): identity verification is required before your first payout
+ - Tradeify Futures, residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates: identity verification is required before you receive a funded account, including Lightning Funded accounts
+ - Tradeify 247 Instant Funding: identity verification is part of your purchase
+ - Tradeify 247 evaluations (2-Step, 1-Step, and legacy APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
− If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
+ Rise is Tradeify's default payout provider.
+ Tradeify Futures: if Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
+ Yes. Both Tradeify identity verification and payout provider verification are required before you receive your first payout (and identity verification may be needed earlier, as explained below).
When do I need to complete KYC?
− For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is part of your purchase. For evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X), it's required after you pass — before your funded account is activated. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
+ Tradeify Futures: before your first payout; residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before they receive a funded account. Tradeify 247: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass and before activation for 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. On both brands, crypto purchases require it at checkout. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
− Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, you may contact support to explore other options.
+ Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, Tradeify Futures uses Plane as the alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
PremierTradeify · Legacy Live Program - Complete Guide | Tradeify Help CenterSPIFF performance bonuses were replaced by Reward Pools; legacy program notice updated accordingly.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
After
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterArticle clarifies that EOD drawdown limit is enforced in real time during trading sessions despite daily recalculation.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
| Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL |
|---|
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
− The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
| Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome |
|---|
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
After
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
| Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL |
|---|
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
+ The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
| Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome |
|---|
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
| Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL |
|---|
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
− The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
+ The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
| Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome |
|---|
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
PremierTradeify · Trading Commission Fees | Tradeify Help CenterE-Mini Silver commission fee removed from fee schedule.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20 |
|---|
Energy Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
Metal Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
| Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20 |
−
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|---|---|---|
| E-Mini Silver | QI | COMEX | $5.00 |
| E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00 |
|---|
| Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule |
Micro Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
After
| Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20 |
|---|
Energy Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
Metal Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
| Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20 |
| E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00 |
|---|
| Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule |
Micro Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
| Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20 |
|---|
Energy Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
Metal Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
| Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20 |
−
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|---|---|---|
| E-Mini Silver | QI | COMEX | $5.00 |
| E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00 |
| Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule |
Micro Futures
| Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost |
|---|
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 300K buffer increased to $6,100 on V2 (from $5,100), daily payout cap increased to $4,000 on V2 (from $3,500), payout timeframe changed to usually 24 hours, and payout cap structure updated with new tiers effective September 1, 2026.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
|---|
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
− Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
− Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
(if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
− - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours. Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
- Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
These eligibility criteria apply across all plan types — Select, Growth, and Lightning. Regardless of which payout policy you choose, your path to live trading follows the same qualification criteria.
For detailed information about the Live Transition process, benefits of Live accounts, and what changes when you transition, please see: Tradeify Elite Program
Important Reminders
- Your choice is permanent - Once you select a payout policy for a funded account, you cannot change it. Choose carefully based on your trading style.
- No refunds or exchanges - If you later decide you prefer the other policy, you'll need to purchase and pass another evaluation.
- Both lead to live trading - Neither policy is "better" than the other. They're designed for different trading styles, but both provide a clear path to live funded trading.
- Scaling is the same - Both policies use identical contract scaling structures as your account equity grows.
- Same max funded accounts - You can hold up to 5 funded accounts total, regardless of which policy or account type you choose across all our funded accounts.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
− A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
− A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually 24-48 hours — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
After
| Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
|---|
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
+ Select 300K: $6,100 buffer on V2 (balance of $306,100); $5,100 on V1 (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
+ Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $4,000 per day on V2 ($3,500 on V1), and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
(if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
+ - Receive your payout, usually within 24 hours once your Rise onboarding is complete (up to 72 hours over a weekend). Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
- Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
These eligibility criteria apply across all plan types — Select, Growth, and Lightning. Regardless of which payout policy you choose, your path to live trading follows the same qualification criteria.
For detailed information about the Live Transition process, benefits of Live accounts, and what changes when you transition, please see: Tradeify Elite Program
Important Reminders
- Your choice is permanent - Once you select a payout policy for a funded account, you cannot change it. Choose carefully based on your trading style.
- No refunds or exchanges - If you later decide you prefer the other policy, you'll need to purchase and pass another evaluation.
- Both lead to live trading - Neither policy is "better" than the other. They're designed for different trading styles, but both provide a clear path to live funded trading.
- Scaling is the same - Both policies use identical contract scaling structures as your account equity grows.
- Same max funded accounts - You can hold up to 5 funded accounts total, regardless of which policy or account type you choose across all our funded accounts.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. You can bank passed evaluations and activate them later when a funded account slot is free.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
+ A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,250/$1,750/$2,500 depending on account size ($600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 for accounts bought before September 1, 2026) — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,250 on a 50K account bought on or after September 1, 2026 ($1,000 if bought before), since that's the cap. Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $4,000 daily cap on V2 ($3,500 on V1) with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually within 24 hours, up to 72 hours over a weekend — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
| Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
|---|
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
− Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
+ Select 300K: $6,100 buffer on V2 (balance of $306,100); $5,100 on V1 (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
− Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
+ Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $4,000 per day on V2 ($3,500 on V1), and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
(if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
− - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours. Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
+ - Receive your payout, usually within 24 hours once your Rise onboarding is complete (up to 72 hours over a weekend). Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
- Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
These eligibility criteria apply across all plan types — Select, Growth, and Lightning. Regardless of which payout policy you choose, your path to live trading follows the same qualification criteria.
For detailed information about the Live Transition process, benefits of Live accounts, and what changes when you transition, please see: Tradeify Elite Program
Important Reminders
- Your choice is permanent - Once you select a payout policy for a funded account, you cannot change it. Choose carefully based on your trading style.
- No refunds or exchanges - If you later decide you prefer the other policy, you'll need to purchase and pass another evaluation.
- Both lead to live trading - Neither policy is "better" than the other. They're designed for different trading styles, but both provide a clear path to live funded trading.
- Scaling is the same - Both policies use identical contract scaling structures as your account equity grows.
- Same max funded accounts - You can hold up to 5 funded accounts total, regardless of which policy or account type you choose across all our funded accounts.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
+ A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. You can bank passed evaluations and activate them later when a funded account slot is free.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
− A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
+ A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,250/$1,750/$2,500 depending on account size ($600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 for accounts bought before September 1, 2026) — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,250 on a 50K account bought on or after September 1, 2026 ($1,000 if bought before), since that's the cap. Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $4,000 daily cap on V2 ($3,500 on V1) with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
− A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually 24-48 hours — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually within 24 hours, up to 72 hours over a weekend — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
PremierTradeify · Growth Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterPayment issuance timeframe changed from 24-48 hours to 24 hours, with Rise onboarding completion now required.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
Section: Payout Window
− - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24-48 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
- Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
After
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
Section: Payout Window
+ - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
- Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
Section: Payout Window
− - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24-48 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
+ - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
- Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
See this table:
| Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account |
|---|
PremierTradeify · How do I Reset a Failed Evaluation? | Tradeify Help CenterFree resets now also available through Rewards Center prizes, in addition to TradeifyTV giveaways.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If you break a rule and fail an Evaluation, you can reset your account at any time.
1- Click the "Reset" button on the failed account card.
2- After clicking "Reset", a new pop up will appear where you'll be able to Reset the account with Direct Payment (Only Option).
3- After clicking Submit, a new account with new account numbers will be created on your dashboard. It will have the same account type and settings as your previous account.
Reset FAQs
Q: Why don't I see a Reset button on my account?
A: The most common reason is that your account has expired. Purchase a new account from the dashboard if you'd like to continue trading. Other reasons include: your account is a Lightning Funded or Sim Funded account (which don't have reset options), or your account is still active and hasn't actually failed yet.
Q: How long does a reset last?
A: All Evaluation accounts are one-time purchases. After resetting, your new account remains active until you either pass the Evaluation or fail again. There are no recurring fees or renewal dates.
Q: Can I get my balance restored after a loss?
A: Balance restorations are only provided for confirmed platform-wide incidents affecting many users, such as server outages. Losses from normal trading, market volatility, or exchange-level events (like CME halts) are not eligible for restoration.
Q: Can I get a free reset?
Section: Reset FAQs
− A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
Q: Can I use a promo code for resets?
A: No, promo codes and discount codes do not apply to reset purchases. Reset fees have fixed pricing and cannot be discounted.
Q: Do reset credits expire?
A: No, reset credits do not expire. This includes courtesy reset credits. You can save them for future use. All sales are final per our Terms of Service.
Important Notes
- There is no reset option for Lightning Funded or Sim Funded accounts. If you fail these accounts, the failure is permanent and you will need to purchase a new account to continue trading.
- Resets are only available for Evaluation accounts (Growth and Select Evaluations).
After
If you break a rule and fail an Evaluation, you can reset your account at any time.
1- Click the "Reset" button on the failed account card.
2- After clicking "Reset", a new pop up will appear where you'll be able to Reset the account with Direct Payment (Only Option).
3- After clicking Submit, a new account with new account numbers will be created on your dashboard. It will have the same account type and settings as your previous account.
Reset FAQs
Q: Why don't I see a Reset button on my account?
A: The most common reason is that your account has expired. Purchase a new account from the dashboard if you'd like to continue trading. Other reasons include: your account is a Lightning Funded or Sim Funded account (which don't have reset options), or your account is still active and hasn't actually failed yet.
Q: How long does a reset last?
A: All Evaluation accounts are one-time purchases. After resetting, your new account remains active until you either pass the Evaluation or fail again. There are no recurring fees or renewal dates.
Q: Can I get my balance restored after a loss?
A: Balance restorations are only provided for confirmed platform-wide incidents affecting many users, such as server outages. Losses from normal trading, market volatility, or exchange-level events (like CME halts) are not eligible for restoration.
Q: Can I get a free reset?
Section: Reset FAQs
+ A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways and Rewards Center prizes. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
Q: Can I use a promo code for resets?
A: No, promo codes and discount codes do not apply to reset purchases. Reset fees have fixed pricing and cannot be discounted.
Q: Do reset credits expire?
A: No, reset credits do not expire. This includes courtesy reset credits. You can save them for future use. All sales are final per our Terms of Service.
Important Notes
- There is no reset option for Lightning Funded or Sim Funded accounts. If you fail these accounts, the failure is permanent and you will need to purchase a new account to continue trading.
- Resets are only available for Evaluation accounts (Growth and Select Evaluations).
If you break a rule and fail an Evaluation, you can reset your account at any time.
1- Click the "Reset" button on the failed account card.
2- After clicking "Reset", a new pop up will appear where you'll be able to Reset the account with Direct Payment (Only Option).
3- After clicking Submit, a new account with new account numbers will be created on your dashboard. It will have the same account type and settings as your previous account.
Reset FAQs
Q: Why don't I see a Reset button on my account?
A: The most common reason is that your account has expired. Purchase a new account from the dashboard if you'd like to continue trading. Other reasons include: your account is a Lightning Funded or Sim Funded account (which don't have reset options), or your account is still active and hasn't actually failed yet.
Q: How long does a reset last?
A: All Evaluation accounts are one-time purchases. After resetting, your new account remains active until you either pass the Evaluation or fail again. There are no recurring fees or renewal dates.
Q: Can I get my balance restored after a loss?
A: Balance restorations are only provided for confirmed platform-wide incidents affecting many users, such as server outages. Losses from normal trading, market volatility, or exchange-level events (like CME halts) are not eligible for restoration.
Q: Can I get a free reset?
Section: Reset FAQs
− A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
+ A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways and Rewards Center prizes. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
Q: Can I use a promo code for resets?
A: No, promo codes and discount codes do not apply to reset purchases. Reset fees have fixed pricing and cannot be discounted.
Q: Do reset credits expire?
A: No, reset credits do not expire. This includes courtesy reset credits. You can save them for future use. All sales are final per our Terms of Service.
Important Notes
- There is no reset option for Lightning Funded or Sim Funded accounts. If you fail these accounts, the failure is permanent and you will need to purchase a new account to continue trading.
- Resets are only available for Evaluation accounts (Growth and Select Evaluations).
PremierTradeify · Rules: Restricted Countries | Tradeify Help Center58 is now 65.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Barbados | Israel | Pakistan | Turkey |
|---|
| Crimea | | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
− Full alphabetical list (58 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
After
| Barbados | Israel | Pakistan | Turkey |
|---|
| Crimea | | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
+ Full alphabetical list (65 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
| Barbados | Israel | Pakistan | Turkey |
|---|
| Crimea | | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
− Full alphabetical list (58 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
+ Full alphabetical list (65 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Permitted Times to Trade | Tradeify Help CenterAnswer clarified to emphasize positions cannot extend across multiple trading sessions.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A: Eastern Time (ET). This is Eastern Standard Time (EST) in winter and Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) in summer.
Q: Can I hold positions through the 5-6 PM maintenance break?
A: No. All positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET before the maintenance break.
Q: Will my account fail if I forget to close positions?
A: No. Tradeify will automatically close any open positions at market close. This does not fail your account, but you may experience unfavorable fills.
Q: Does this rule apply to Live accounts?
A: Yes. The no overnight positions rule applies to ALL Tradeify account types, including Live accounts.
Q: How do I know if a holiday has shortened hours?
A: Holiday market hour announcements are always posted in our Discord server. On shortened days, you must close all positions by 12:59 PM ET.
Q: I traded on Rithmic during a holiday half-day. Why can't I request a payout yet?
A: The day still counts as a trading day, but Rithmic records holiday half-day sessions at the next full market close. Your payout becomes available once that session is recorded. For a Friday holiday half-day, that is the following Monday's market close.
Q: Can I stay positioned overnight?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Yes, within a single trading session. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
What you cannot do:
- Hold through the daily close (positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET)
- Hold through the maintenance window (5:00 PM - 6:00 PM ET)
- Hold over the weekend (Friday close to Sunday open)
Q: Can I hold positions over the weekend?
A: No. All positions must be closed before Friday's market close (4:45 PM ET). You cannot carry positions from Friday into the Sunday evening session.
After
A: Eastern Time (ET). This is Eastern Standard Time (EST) in winter and Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) in summer.
Q: Can I hold positions through the 5-6 PM maintenance break?
A: No. All positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET before the maintenance break.
Q: Will my account fail if I forget to close positions?
A: No. Tradeify will automatically close any open positions at market close. This does not fail your account, but you may experience unfavorable fills.
Q: Does this rule apply to Live accounts?
A: Yes. The no overnight positions rule applies to ALL Tradeify account types, including Live accounts.
Q: How do I know if a holiday has shortened hours?
A: Holiday market hour announcements are always posted in our Discord server. On shortened days, you must close all positions by 12:59 PM ET.
Q: I traded on Rithmic during a holiday half-day. Why can't I request a payout yet?
A: The day still counts as a trading day, but Rithmic records holiday half-day sessions at the next full market close. Your payout becomes available once that session is recorded. For a Friday holiday half-day, that is the following Monday's market close.
Q: Can I stay positioned overnight?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Only within a single trading session - you can never hold a position from one session into the next. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
What you cannot do:
- Hold through the daily close (positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET)
- Hold through the maintenance window (5:00 PM - 6:00 PM ET)
- Hold over the weekend (Friday close to Sunday open)
Q: Can I hold positions over the weekend?
A: No. All positions must be closed before Friday's market close (4:45 PM ET). You cannot carry positions from Friday into the Sunday evening session.
A: Eastern Time (ET). This is Eastern Standard Time (EST) in winter and Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) in summer.
Q: Can I hold positions through the 5-6 PM maintenance break?
A: No. All positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET before the maintenance break.
Q: Will my account fail if I forget to close positions?
A: No. Tradeify will automatically close any open positions at market close. This does not fail your account, but you may experience unfavorable fills.
Q: Does this rule apply to Live accounts?
A: Yes. The no overnight positions rule applies to ALL Tradeify account types, including Live accounts.
Q: How do I know if a holiday has shortened hours?
A: Holiday market hour announcements are always posted in our Discord server. On shortened days, you must close all positions by 12:59 PM ET.
Q: I traded on Rithmic during a holiday half-day. Why can't I request a payout yet?
A: The day still counts as a trading day, but Rithmic records holiday half-day sessions at the next full market close. Your payout becomes available once that session is recorded. For a Friday holiday half-day, that is the following Monday's market close.
Q: Can I stay positioned overnight?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Yes, within a single trading session. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
+ A: Only within a single trading session - you can never hold a position from one session into the next. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
What you cannot do:
- Hold through the daily close (positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET)
- Hold through the maintenance window (5:00 PM - 6:00 PM ET)
- Hold over the weekend (Friday close to Sunday open)
Q: Can I hold positions over the weekend?
A: No. All positions must be closed before Friday's market close (4:45 PM ET). You cannot carry positions from Friday into the Sunday evening session.
PremierTradeify · Select Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved "newest" descriptor from Select Plan, changed payout caps for both policies with different values based on account purchase date before or after September 1, 2026, and added "Flex" label to minimum balance requirement.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− The Tradeify Select Plan is our newest evaluation account offering that combines a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options. This plan is designed to provide traders with a streamlined path to funded trading while giving you control over your payout strategy based on your trading style and goals.
How SELECT Differs from Growth Evaluation
SELECT Evaluation is NOT the same as Growth Evaluation. Here are the key differences:
| Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation |
|---|
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) 50% Add-on is available | None
| Daily Loss Limit | None during evaluation | Yes (soft breach) |
|---|
In summary: SELECT Evaluation requires more trading days (minimum 3) due to the consistency rule, but gives you more flexibility with NO daily loss limit during evaluation and the ability to choose your payout policy after you pass. Growth Evaluation lets you pass faster (even in 1 day) but has a daily loss limit and a fixed payout policy.
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
- Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
− - Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
Section: Select Daily Payout Policy
− - Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,250 / $1,750 / $2,500 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
- Buffer System: Required ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
- Best For: Traders who want consistent daily cash flow and structured risk management
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent - Once selected, you cannot change payout policies for that account
- Both lead to live trading - Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts
Section: Important Considerations
− - No minimum balance required - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
- Drawdown locks at $100 above starting balance - When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, your drawdown floor locks permanently (e.g., $25,100 for 25K, $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K)
Take time to review both options carefully.
For detailed information about each payout policy, withdrawal rules, and examples, please review: Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Are there any ongoing fees after I pass the evaluation?
A: No. Once you pass your SELECT Evaluation and activate your funded account, your evaluation ends automatically. There are no ongoing fees for funded accounts and no activation fee - you simply activate and start trading with no ongoing costs.
Q: Can I switch between payout policies after I choose on my SELECT account?
A: No, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, once you select your payout policy (Flex or Daily), that choice is permanent for that funded account. This payout choice is unique to SELECT - Growth Evaluation has a fixed payout policy with no choice. If you want to try the other SELECT policy, you would need to pass another SELECT Evaluation and select the alternative option.
Q: Do I need to pass the SELECT Evaluation again if I fail my funded account?
A: Yes, for SELECT accounts, if your funded account breaches (hits the drawdown limit), you must start over with a new SELECT Evaluation purchase. This is the same for all evaluation types including Growth.
Q: Can I have some SELECT accounts on Flex and others on Daily payout?
A: Yes, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies (Flex or Daily) for each funded account, up to your maximum of 5 funded accounts total. This flexibility is unique to SELECT - Growth accounts have a fixed payout policy.
After
+ The Tradeify Select Plan is an evaluation account offering that combines a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options. This plan is designed to provide traders with a streamlined path to funded trading while giving you control over your payout strategy based on your trading style and goals.
How SELECT Differs from Growth Evaluation
SELECT Evaluation is NOT the same as Growth Evaluation. Here are the key differences:
| Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation |
|---|
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) 50% Add-on is available | None
| Daily Loss Limit | None during evaluation | Yes (soft breach) |
|---|
In summary: SELECT Evaluation requires more trading days (minimum 3) due to the consistency rule, but gives you more flexibility with NO daily loss limit during evaluation and the ability to choose your payout policy after you pass. Growth Evaluation lets you pass faster (even in 1 day) but has a daily loss limit and a fixed payout policy.
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
- Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
+ - Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
Section: Select Daily Payout Policy
+ - Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,250 / $1,750 / $2,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
- Buffer System: Required ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
- Best For: Traders who want consistent daily cash flow and structured risk management
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent - Once selected, you cannot change payout policies for that account
- Both lead to live trading - Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts
Section: Important Considerations
+ - No minimum balance required (Flex) - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
- Drawdown locks at $100 above starting balance - When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, your drawdown floor locks permanently (e.g., $25,100 for 25K, $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K)
Take time to review both options carefully.
For detailed information about each payout policy, withdrawal rules, and examples, please review: Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Are there any ongoing fees after I pass the evaluation?
A: No. Once you pass your SELECT Evaluation and activate your funded account, your evaluation ends automatically. There are no ongoing fees for funded accounts and no activation fee - you simply activate and start trading with no ongoing costs.
Q: Can I switch between payout policies after I choose on my SELECT account?
A: No, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, once you select your payout policy (Flex or Daily), that choice is permanent for that funded account. This payout choice is unique to SELECT - Growth Evaluation has a fixed payout policy with no choice. If you want to try the other SELECT policy, you would need to pass another SELECT Evaluation and select the alternative option.
Q: Do I need to pass the SELECT Evaluation again if I fail my funded account?
A: Yes, for SELECT accounts, if your funded account breaches (hits the drawdown limit), you must start over with a new SELECT Evaluation purchase. This is the same for all evaluation types including Growth.
Q: Can I have some SELECT accounts on Flex and others on Daily payout?
A: Yes, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies (Flex or Daily) for each funded account, up to your maximum of 5 funded accounts total. This flexibility is unique to SELECT - Growth accounts have a fixed payout policy.
− The Tradeify Select Plan is our newest evaluation account offering that combines a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options. This plan is designed to provide traders with a streamlined path to funded trading while giving you control over your payout strategy based on your trading style and goals.
+ The Tradeify Select Plan is an evaluation account offering that combines a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options. This plan is designed to provide traders with a streamlined path to funded trading while giving you control over your payout strategy based on your trading style and goals.
How SELECT Differs from Growth Evaluation
SELECT Evaluation is NOT the same as Growth Evaluation. Here are the key differences:
| Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation |
|---|
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) 50% Add-on is available | None
| Daily Loss Limit | None during evaluation | Yes (soft breach) |
|---|
In summary: SELECT Evaluation requires more trading days (minimum 3) due to the consistency rule, but gives you more flexibility with NO daily loss limit during evaluation and the ability to choose your payout policy after you pass. Growth Evaluation lets you pass faster (even in 1 day) but has a daily loss limit and a fixed payout policy.
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
- Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
− - Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps)
+ - Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
Section: Select Daily Payout Policy
− - Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,250 / $1,750 / $2,500 caps)
+ - Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,250 / $1,750 / $2,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
- Buffer System: Required ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
- Best For: Traders who want consistent daily cash flow and structured risk management
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent - Once selected, you cannot change payout policies for that account
- Both lead to live trading - Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts
Section: Important Considerations
− - No minimum balance required - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
+ - No minimum balance required (Flex) - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
- Drawdown locks at $100 above starting balance - When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, your drawdown floor locks permanently (e.g., $25,100 for 25K, $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K)
Take time to review both options carefully.
For detailed information about each payout policy, withdrawal rules, and examples, please review: Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Are there any ongoing fees after I pass the evaluation?
A: No. Once you pass your SELECT Evaluation and activate your funded account, your evaluation ends automatically. There are no ongoing fees for funded accounts and no activation fee - you simply activate and start trading with no ongoing costs.
Q: Can I switch between payout policies after I choose on my SELECT account?
A: No, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, once you select your payout policy (Flex or Daily), that choice is permanent for that funded account. This payout choice is unique to SELECT - Growth Evaluation has a fixed payout policy with no choice. If you want to try the other SELECT policy, you would need to pass another SELECT Evaluation and select the alternative option.
Q: Do I need to pass the SELECT Evaluation again if I fail my funded account?
A: Yes, for SELECT accounts, if your funded account breaches (hits the drawdown limit), you must start over with a new SELECT Evaluation purchase. This is the same for all evaluation types including Growth.
Q: Can I have some SELECT accounts on Flex and others on Daily payout?
A: Yes, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies (Flex or Daily) for each funded account, up to your maximum of 5 funded accounts total. This flexibility is unique to SELECT - Growth accounts have a fixed payout policy.
PremierTradeify · SELECT vs Growth: Choosing Your Evaluation Type | Tradeify Help CenterElite Live qualification criteria changed from 5 successful payouts to either 3 payouts on single account or 10 total payouts since last live transition.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Profit Targets Comparison
| Account Size | SELECT Profit Target | Growth Profit Target |
|---|
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Which evaluation is easier to pass?
A: It depends on your trading style. Growth is faster (can pass in 1 day) but requires respecting a daily loss limit. SELECT takes longer (minimum 3 days) but has no daily loss limit, giving you more intraday flexibility. Neither is objectively "easier" - they suit different trading styles.
Q: Can I have both SELECT and Growth accounts at the same time?
A: Yes, you can have multiple evaluation accounts of different types simultaneously, up to the purchase limits. You can also hold up to 5 funded accounts total across any evaluation types.
Q: Do both evaluations lead to Elite Live accounts?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Yes, both SELECT and Growth evaluation paths lead to the same Elite Live program after 5 successful payouts from your Sim Funded accounts.
Q: What if I can't decide between SELECT and Growth?
A: Consider your trading style: If you often have volatile intraday swings and need flexibility, choose SELECT (no daily loss limit). If you trade with tight risk management and want to get funded quickly, choose Growth (can pass in 1 day).
Q: Is the drawdown the same for both?
A: Both use End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, but the amounts differ. SELECT has $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,000 (100K), $4,500 (150K). Growth has $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,500 (100K), $5,000 (150K).
Summary: SELECT vs Growth
Choose SELECT if: You want no daily loss limit, prefer to choose your payout policy after passing, and can trade consistently over 3+ days.
Choose Growth if: You want to get funded as fast as possible (even in 1 day), trade with controlled daily risk, and don't need to choose a payout policy.
For full details on each evaluation type, see: SELECT Evaluation Accounts | Growth Evaluation Accounts
After
Profit Targets Comparison
| Account Size | SELECT Profit Target | Growth Profit Target |
|---|
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Which evaluation is easier to pass?
A: It depends on your trading style. Growth is faster (can pass in 1 day) but requires respecting a daily loss limit. SELECT takes longer (minimum 3 days) but has no daily loss limit, giving you more intraday flexibility. Neither is objectively "easier" - they suit different trading styles.
Q: Can I have both SELECT and Growth accounts at the same time?
A: Yes, you can have multiple evaluation accounts of different types simultaneously, up to the purchase limits. You can also hold up to 5 funded accounts total across any evaluation types.
Q: Do both evaluations lead to Elite Live accounts?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Yes, both SELECT and Growth evaluation paths lead to the same Elite Live program: 3 payouts on a single account, or 10 total payouts since your last live transition.
Q: What if I can't decide between SELECT and Growth?
A: Consider your trading style: If you often have volatile intraday swings and need flexibility, choose SELECT (no daily loss limit). If you trade with tight risk management and want to get funded quickly, choose Growth (can pass in 1 day).
Q: Is the drawdown the same for both?
A: Both use End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, but the amounts differ. SELECT has $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,000 (100K), $4,500 (150K). Growth has $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,500 (100K), $5,000 (150K).
Summary: SELECT vs Growth
Choose SELECT if: You want no daily loss limit, prefer to choose your payout policy after passing, and can trade consistently over 3+ days.
Choose Growth if: You want to get funded as fast as possible (even in 1 day), trade with controlled daily risk, and don't need to choose a payout policy.
For full details on each evaluation type, see: SELECT Evaluation Accounts | Growth Evaluation Accounts
Profit Targets Comparison
| Account Size | SELECT Profit Target | Growth Profit Target |
|---|
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Which evaluation is easier to pass?
A: It depends on your trading style. Growth is faster (can pass in 1 day) but requires respecting a daily loss limit. SELECT takes longer (minimum 3 days) but has no daily loss limit, giving you more intraday flexibility. Neither is objectively "easier" - they suit different trading styles.
Q: Can I have both SELECT and Growth accounts at the same time?
A: Yes, you can have multiple evaluation accounts of different types simultaneously, up to the purchase limits. You can also hold up to 5 funded accounts total across any evaluation types.
Q: Do both evaluations lead to Elite Live accounts?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Yes, both SELECT and Growth evaluation paths lead to the same Elite Live program after 5 successful payouts from your Sim Funded accounts.
+ A: Yes, both SELECT and Growth evaluation paths lead to the same Elite Live program: 3 payouts on a single account, or 10 total payouts since your last live transition.
Q: What if I can't decide between SELECT and Growth?
A: Consider your trading style: If you often have volatile intraday swings and need flexibility, choose SELECT (no daily loss limit). If you trade with tight risk management and want to get funded quickly, choose Growth (can pass in 1 day).
Q: Is the drawdown the same for both?
A: Both use End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, but the amounts differ. SELECT has $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,000 (100K), $4,500 (150K). Growth has $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,500 (100K), $5,000 (150K).
Summary: SELECT vs Growth
Choose SELECT if: You want no daily loss limit, prefer to choose your payout policy after passing, and can trade consistently over 3+ days.
Choose Growth if: You want to get funded as fast as possible (even in 1 day), trade with controlled daily risk, and don't need to choose a payout policy.
For full details on each evaluation type, see: SELECT Evaluation Accounts | Growth Evaluation Accounts
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterGrowth Evaluation consistency rule changed to apply only after funding, not during evaluation; Select 300K price reduced to $349 for V2; Select evaluation purchase limit added as 15 per 30 days.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
Section: Account Types Overview
− - Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). 35% consistency rule.
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee |
|---|
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 100K | $265 | $169 |
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
−
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|
| Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available |
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) |
|---|
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
The Growth 25K Evaluation is the most affordable option. Check the pricing tables above for current prices. Promo codes may offer additional discounts — check the Tradeify website for any active promotions.
What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
Section: What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
− Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. 35% consistency rule. Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
Can I get a refund if my account fails?
No. All sales are final per our Terms of Service. If a Growth or Select evaluation fails, you can purchase a reset at a reduced price to try again. Lightning Funded accounts do not have resets — a new account must be purchased.
Are there any hidden fees?
No hidden fees. The only costs are: (1) the account purchase price, (2) trading commissions on each trade, and (3) optional reset fees if your evaluation fails. Market data is free as long as you sign the Non-Professional Agreement. All brokers (Tradovate, Rithmic, WealthCharts) are the same price — no platform surcharges.
Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above. If you completed a purchase and a promo code was not applied — you forgot to enter it, or you entered it and were still charged the full amount — contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy.
Can I buy multiple accounts at a discount?
Yes. Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 of the same eligible account in one order and the 5% bundle discount applies automatically. It also stacks with any active promo code. The discount only applies in a single transaction and won't apply retroactively to a separate, later order. See the Bundle Discounts section above for full details.
Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
Section: Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
− No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. There is no limit on how many Evaluations you can buy — the 5-account cap applies only to active Sim Funded accounts (per household).
What is the profit split?
Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning) use a 90/10 profit split — you keep 90% of your profits, Tradeify receives 10%. Elite Live accounts use an 80/20 split. This applies from your very first payout.
What platforms can I trade on?
At checkout, you select one of three brokers: Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Each broker gives access to different trading platforms. Tradovate gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts is its own broker and platform — it can only be used to access the WealthCharts platform. See the Supported Platforms article for details.
After
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
Section: Account Types Overview
+ - Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee |
|---|
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 100K | $265 | $169 |
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|
| Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available |
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) |
|---|
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
The Growth 25K Evaluation is the most affordable option. Check the pricing tables above for current prices. Promo codes may offer additional discounts — check the Tradeify website for any active promotions.
What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
Section: What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
+ Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts). Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
Can I get a refund if my account fails?
No. All sales are final per our Terms of Service. If a Growth or Select evaluation fails, you can purchase a reset at a reduced price to try again. Lightning Funded accounts do not have resets — a new account must be purchased.
Are there any hidden fees?
No hidden fees. The only costs are: (1) the account purchase price, (2) trading commissions on each trade, and (3) optional reset fees if your evaluation fails. Market data is free as long as you sign the Non-Professional Agreement. All brokers (Tradovate, Rithmic, WealthCharts) are the same price — no platform surcharges.
Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above. If you completed a purchase and a promo code was not applied — you forgot to enter it, or you entered it and were still charged the full amount — contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy.
Can I buy multiple accounts at a discount?
Yes. Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 of the same eligible account in one order and the 5% bundle discount applies automatically. It also stacks with any active promo code. The discount only applies in a single transaction and won't apply retroactively to a separate, later order. See the Bundle Discounts section above for full details.
Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
Section: Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
+ No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. Growth evaluations have no purchase limit; Select evaluations are limited to 15 per 30-day period (300K purchases do not count). The 5-account cap applies to active Sim Funded accounts per household.
What is the profit split?
Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning) use a 90/10 profit split — you keep 90% of your profits, Tradeify receives 10%. Elite Live accounts use an 80/20 split. This applies from your very first payout.
What platforms can I trade on?
At checkout, you select one of three brokers: Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Each broker gives access to different trading platforms. Tradovate gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts is its own broker and platform — it can only be used to access the WealthCharts platform. See the Supported Platforms article for details.
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
Section: Account Types Overview
− - Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). 35% consistency rule.
+ - Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee |
|---|
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
| Select 100K | $265 | $169 |
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
−
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|
| Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available |
+
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|---|---|
| Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available |
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
| Account Size | Price | Reset Fee |
|---|
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
| Account Size | Price (One-Time) |
|---|
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
The Growth 25K Evaluation is the most affordable option. Check the pricing tables above for current prices. Promo codes may offer additional discounts — check the Tradeify website for any active promotions.
What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
Section: What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
− Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. 35% consistency rule. Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
+ Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts). Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
Can I get a refund if my account fails?
No. All sales are final per our Terms of Service. If a Growth or Select evaluation fails, you can purchase a reset at a reduced price to try again. Lightning Funded accounts do not have resets — a new account must be purchased.
Are there any hidden fees?
No hidden fees. The only costs are: (1) the account purchase price, (2) trading commissions on each trade, and (3) optional reset fees if your evaluation fails. Market data is free as long as you sign the Non-Professional Agreement. All brokers (Tradovate, Rithmic, WealthCharts) are the same price — no platform surcharges.
Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above. If you completed a purchase and a promo code was not applied — you forgot to enter it, or you entered it and were still charged the full amount — contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy.
Can I buy multiple accounts at a discount?
Yes. Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 of the same eligible account in one order and the 5% bundle discount applies automatically. It also stacks with any active promo code. The discount only applies in a single transaction and won't apply retroactively to a separate, later order. See the Bundle Discounts section above for full details.
Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
Section: Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
− No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. There is no limit on how many Evaluations you can buy — the 5-account cap applies only to active Sim Funded accounts (per household).
+ No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. Growth evaluations have no purchase limit; Select evaluations are limited to 15 per 30-day period (300K purchases do not count). The 5-account cap applies to active Sim Funded accounts per household.
What is the profit split?
Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning) use a 90/10 profit split — you keep 90% of your profits, Tradeify receives 10%. Elite Live accounts use an 80/20 split. This applies from your very first payout.
What platforms can I trade on?
At checkout, you select one of three brokers: Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Each broker gives access to different trading platforms. Tradovate gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts is its own broker and platform — it can only be used to access the WealthCharts platform. See the Supported Platforms article for details.
PremierTradeify · Supported Platforms | Tradeify Help CenterSingle Stock Futures question and answer removed.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If you select WealthCharts as your broker, you receive WealthCharts credentials that can only be used with the WealthCharts platform. WealthCharts is operated by a third party and uses its own login — WealthCharts access is only included when you select WealthCharts at checkout, not with Tradovate or Rithmic accounts.
Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on WealthCharts accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
For setup instructions, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
− Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
− No. Single Stock Futures are carried by Tradovate only — they are not available on Rithmic or WealthCharts. TradingView and NinjaTrader connect through Tradovate, so they reach SSF too. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
After
If you select WealthCharts as your broker, you receive WealthCharts credentials that can only be used with the WealthCharts platform. WealthCharts is operated by a third party and uses its own login — WealthCharts access is only included when you select WealthCharts at checkout, not with Tradovate or Rithmic accounts.
Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on WealthCharts accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
For setup instructions, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
If you select WealthCharts as your broker, you receive WealthCharts credentials that can only be used with the WealthCharts platform. WealthCharts is operated by a third party and uses its own login — WealthCharts access is only included when you select WealthCharts at checkout, not with Tradovate or Rithmic accounts.
Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on WealthCharts accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
For setup instructions, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
− Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
− No. Single Stock Futures are carried by Tradovate only — they are not available on Rithmic or WealthCharts. TradingView and NinjaTrader connect through Tradovate, so they reach SSF too. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
PremierTradeify · How Many Simulated Funded Accounts Can I Have at Once? | Tradeify Help CenterHousehold Simulated Funded Account limit now allows up to 8 total when V2 Select 300K accounts are included alongside the 5-account cap.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Account Limits
Evaluation Accounts:
You can have up to 15 select evaluations per 30 days and as many Growth Evaluation accounts as you want - there is no limit on Growth evaluation accounts.
Simulated Funded Accounts:
- An individual user may have up to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time
Section: Account Limits
− - A household is also restricted to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time
You can pass as many evaluations as you want and bank those completions for later. For example, if you pass 10 evaluations, you can activate 5 funded accounts right away and hold the remaining 5 passed evaluations until a funded account slot opens up. You can only activate 5 funded accounts at a time, but having extra passed evaluations ready means you can fill a slot immediately whenever one becomes available rather than having to start and pass a new evaluation from scratch.
Important Notes
- Funded account limit applies per household - All funded accounts across all users in the same household count toward the 5-account limit
- Mix and match account types - Your 5 funded accounts can be any combination of Growth, Select Flex/Daily, and Lightning Funded accounts
- Active accounts only - Failed or expired accounts do not count toward your limit
- Maximum 15 Select evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each Select evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
Example Scenarios
Scenario 1: You have 3 Evaluation accounts and 2 Funded accounts
- Allowed - You can add more Evaluation accounts
- Allowed - You can add 3 more Funded accounts
Scenario 2: You have 10 Evaluation accounts and 5 Funded accounts
After
Account Limits
Evaluation Accounts:
You can have up to 15 select evaluations per 30 days and as many Growth Evaluation accounts as you want - there is no limit on Growth evaluation accounts.
Simulated Funded Accounts:
- An individual user may have up to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time
Section: Account Limits
+ - A household is also restricted to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time (exception: V2 Select 300K funded accounts sit on top of the 5, for up to 8 in total)
You can pass as many evaluations as you want and bank those completions for later. For example, if you pass 10 evaluations, you can activate 5 funded accounts right away and hold the remaining 5 passed evaluations until a funded account slot opens up. You can only activate 5 funded accounts at a time, but having extra passed evaluations ready means you can fill a slot immediately whenever one becomes available rather than having to start and pass a new evaluation from scratch.
Important Notes
- Funded account limit applies per household - All funded accounts across all users in the same household count toward the 5-account limit
- Mix and match account types - Your 5 funded accounts can be any combination of Growth, Select Flex/Daily, and Lightning Funded accounts
- Active accounts only - Failed or expired accounts do not count toward your limit
- Maximum 15 Select evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each Select evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
Example Scenarios
Scenario 1: You have 3 Evaluation accounts and 2 Funded accounts
- Allowed - You can add more Evaluation accounts
- Allowed - You can add 3 more Funded accounts
Scenario 2: You have 10 Evaluation accounts and 5 Funded accounts
Account Limits
Evaluation Accounts:
You can have up to 15 select evaluations per 30 days and as many Growth Evaluation accounts as you want - there is no limit on Growth evaluation accounts.
Simulated Funded Accounts:
- An individual user may have up to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time
Section: Account Limits
− - A household is also restricted to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time
+ - A household is also restricted to 5 Simulated Funded Accounts at any time (exception: V2 Select 300K funded accounts sit on top of the 5, for up to 8 in total)
You can pass as many evaluations as you want and bank those completions for later. For example, if you pass 10 evaluations, you can activate 5 funded accounts right away and hold the remaining 5 passed evaluations until a funded account slot opens up. You can only activate 5 funded accounts at a time, but having extra passed evaluations ready means you can fill a slot immediately whenever one becomes available rather than having to start and pass a new evaluation from scratch.
Important Notes
- Funded account limit applies per household - All funded accounts across all users in the same household count toward the 5-account limit
- Mix and match account types - Your 5 funded accounts can be any combination of Growth, Select Flex/Daily, and Lightning Funded accounts
- Active accounts only - Failed or expired accounts do not count toward your limit
- Maximum 15 Select evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each Select evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
Example Scenarios
Scenario 1: You have 3 Evaluation accounts and 2 Funded accounts
- Allowed - You can add more Evaluation accounts
- Allowed - You can add 3 more Funded accounts
Scenario 2: You have 10 Evaluation accounts and 5 Funded accounts
PremierTradeify · What is a Trading Day? | Tradeify Help CenterPayout qualification requirements changed from one trading day minimum with five-second trade duration to ten-second rule requiring over 50% of trades held longer than ten seconds.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
− To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including trading for at least one trading day after initiating a request and ensuring each trade remains open for at least 5 seconds.
For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
After
A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
+ To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
− To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including trading for at least one trading day after initiating a request and ensuring each trade remains open for at least 5 seconds.
+ To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterReconciliation window timezone changed from EST to ET; account activation process changed from scheduled dashboard update to instant activation via dashboard button; payout timeline updated to 24 hours with weekend exceptions; KYC requirements expanded with country-specific ru...Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
− A: Once you meet your profit target and pass the Evaluation, you will need to wait until the dashboard updates between 5PM and 8 PM EST.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
− A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires. If you had an active subscription from before Tradeify 3.0, that subscription remains active until you cancel it — no new subscriptions are available.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
− Q: Do I get reset credits upon renewal?
− A: If the evaluation is NOT failed then the account will not reset and you will not get a reset credit.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
Account Management:
- How many simulated funded accounts can I have at once?
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
− - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM EST). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
− - Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you've waited for the daily dashboard update (5-8 PM EST).
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
− - No, this is not normal. Funded account activation should happen the same day you pass your evaluation.
− - Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → wait for 5-8 PM EST reconciliation → activate funded account. If you passed late evening, activation may be available the next day after reconciliation.
− - If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard after 8 PM EST.
− - "Account creation in progress" message: If you see this message outside the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window (e.g., mid-day the next day), this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
− - If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your Tradovate username and account number for investigation.
Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- How do simulated funded account profit shares work?
- It's a 90-10 Profit Split, you will get 90% of the payout amount requested.
- What payout methods are accepted?
- We process payouts via Riseworks and Plane. Options include bank transfer and cryptocurrency.
- Can I use PayPal for payouts?
- No, PayPal is not a supported payout method. Tradeify processes payouts through Rise (primary) and Plane (alternative). Rise supports bank transfers and cryptocurrency withdrawals.
- How long do payouts take to process?
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
− - Payouts are usually processed within 24 - 48 Hours.
- Can I request another payout while my previous one is still processing?
- No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved or denied), then request again once you're eligible.
- When do I need to complete KYC verification?
− - Only once you request a payout. You'll receive an email to sign up with Rise and complete verification.
- Do you send 1099 tax forms?
- No, Rise does.
- How do I download receipts or invoices for my Tradeify expenses?
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
− - No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
- No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
− - Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
- Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay?
- No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- Try a different browser - Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge
- Clear your browser cookies for the Tradeify website
- "Stubborn cookies" from previous sessions can interfere with promotional codes.
- If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support. Already completed your purchase? If a code was not applied - you forgot to enter it, or the discounted price showed at checkout but you were charged the full amount, or the code isn't listed in your transaction details - contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy and we will get it corrected.
- I saw a promo code on Instagram/Facebook but it doesn't work
- Most likely cause: The promotion has already expired. Social media platforms (especially Instagram and Facebook) are notorious for continuing to show ads for promotions long after they've ended. We apologize for the confusion this causes.
- Check current promotions: Visit tradeify.co directly for active discounts, or check your email for promotional offers.
- If you believe the promotion should still be active (you just saw it announced recently), contact support and we can verify the code's status.
- If I trade after requesting a payout, which cycle do those profits count toward?
- Before payout approval: All profits (before AND after your request) count toward the same payout cycle. If your payout is denied, everything stays in the current cycle.
- After payout approval, same session: Profits made after approval but in the same trading session count toward your next payout cycle.
- Best practice: After your payout is approved, wait for a new trading session to begin before resuming trading. This ensures your profits clearly count toward the next cycle.
− - Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM EST to 5:00 PM EST the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
Trading Rules & Compliance:
- What is a trading day?
Section: Trading Rules & Compliance:
− - A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
- Can I hold positions overnight?
− - No, you cannot.
- What time can I start/stop trading?
− - You can trade from 6:00 PM EST/EDT until 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next day.
- Is news trading allowed?
- Yes, it's allowed.
- Is hedging allowed?
- No. This includes opposing positions on the same instrument or on a correlated product, held in one account or across multiple accounts. Every account involved can be set to violation status.
- Can I trade on weekends?
- No, you cannot.
- Can I use a VPN or VPS?
- You cannot log in with VPN/VPS. After logging in normally, you may use VPS for trading at your own risk.
- Can I change my Tradovate Username and Password?
- No, do not change your Username or password as it will break the system.
- Do you allow scalping?
- Yes, we do. On funded accounts, to request a payout, over 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. This does not apply during an evaluation.
- Can I trade stocks/forex/options?
− - We do not offer cash stocks, forex, or options. We do offer Single Stock Futures on Tradovate, which track the price of individual companies such as Tesla, Nvidia, and Apple as futures contracts. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
- What time must I close positions?
− - All positions must be closed before 4:45PM EST.
- What happens during CME exchange halts?
- CME halts stop trading across all platforms. Tradeify does not compensate for losses during CME halts as they affect all market participants equally.
- Is martingale strategy allowed?
- Yes, as long as you're not hedging. Be aware that martingale is high-risk - stay within your drawdown and daily loss limits.
- What is auto-liquidation?
- Auto-liquidation is a protective mechanism that closes your positions when you hit your daily loss limit or trailing drawdown threshold. It's not an error - it's designed to prevent further losses.
- Why can't I place trades?
- Your account is likely in Liquidation-Only mode due to hitting your Daily Loss Limit or drawdown threshold. DLL resets the next trading day; drawdown breaches may be permanent.
- What triggers account liquidation?
- Liquidation is triggered by: Daily Loss Limit (DLL), Maximum Loss Limit (MLL), or trailing drawdown threshold. Monitor your risk parameters to avoid unexpected liquidations.
Platform & Technical:
- What platforms are supported?
Section: Platform & Technical:
− - We offer Tradovate, NinjaTrader, and TradingView.
- What happened to ProjectX?
- We offered ProjectX as a platform option for a short time. ProjectX decided to drop all of their clients, so we no longer offer that platform. Please refer to our Supported Platforms article for current and upcoming options.
- Do I have to pay for market data?
- No, we provide you with Level 1 Market data.
- Do I need Level 2 data?
- No, you do not need it, it's optional.
- Why is my market data delayed?
− - Make sure to sign the Non-Professional Agreement in Tradovate Web.
- Why isn't the dashboard showing my updated balance?
- Your account balance now updates in real-time on the dashboard. The only figure that updates once per day - at the end of each trading day - is your Trailing Max Drawdown. If your balance still looks out of date, refresh the page.
- This applies to Tradovate. On Rithmic-based platforms (TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader), holiday and early-close half-day sessions are not reconciled until the next full market close, so your balance may look stuck until then - this is expected, not a sync error.
- Why aren't my trades showing on the dashboard immediately?
- Your trades, balance, and P&L now update in real-time on the Tradeify dashboard - you'll see them reflected as you trade.
- You can also verify trades in real-time on your trading platform (Tradovate, NinjaTrader, etc.).
- The one exception is your Trailing Max Drawdown, which updates once per day at the end of each trading day.
- Payout processing is unaffected - it uses the trading platform's real-time execution data.
- This real-time behavior applies to Tradovate. On Rithmic-based platforms (TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader), holiday and early-close half-day sessions are not reconciled until the next full market close, so trades and P&L for that day may not appear until then - this is expected, not a sync error.
- How do I contact Trader TV?
- Email for Trader TV inquiries.
Account Types:
- What's the difference between Sim Funded and Live Funded?
- Sim Funded: Trade in simulated markets, earn real payouts (90/10 split)
Section: Account Types:
− - Live Funded: Trade with real capital in live markets, higher earning potential with daily payouts and scaling opportunities
- When do I get moved to Elite Live?
− - Tradeify monitors individual account performance and may select you for Elite Live transition, typically after 4-5 payouts on a single account.
- Each funded account that received at least one payout can transition to its own Elite Live account.
- See Tradeify Elite Program for full details.
- Can I reset a sim funded account?
- No, you cannot reset a sim funded account.
- I have a Live account. Can I start new evaluations?
- No, you cannot have Sim and Live accounts active simultaneously. See Sim and Live Account Restrictions in the Elite Program article for full details.
- Why is my funded account in simulation mode? Why can't I live trade?
- Your Sim Funded account is working exactly as intended! Sim Funded = simulated trading with real payouts. You trade on simulated markets, but you receive real money when you hit payout thresholds. This is NOT a practice account.
− - Why simulated? Tradeify uses simulation to let you trade with significant capital ($50K-$150K) at minimal upfront cost while you prove consistent profitability.
- Seeing "Demo" or "Simulation" in Tradovate is expected - this is not an error. Your account is set up correctly.
- Path to real capital trading: Consistent performance → qualify for Elite Live → trade with real Tradeify capital.
Section: Competitions:
− Grand Cup:
− - What is the Grand Cup?
− - The Tradeify Grand Cup is our flagship trading competition with major cash prizes. Traders compete in a knockout-style format, with top performers advancing to live Grand Finals for a chance at the Grand Champion title.
- Has there been a Grand Cup before?
− - Yes! The first Tradeify Grand Cup ran from November 2 to December 12, 2025. It featured a $1,000,000 prize pool, 400 prizes, and culminated in LIVE Grand Finals where traders competed for the $200,000 Grand Champion prize.
− - When is the next Grand Cup?
− - The next Grand Cup is planned for Spring 2026. No official dates have been announced yet. Follow Tradeify on social media and join our Discord (discord.gg/tradeify) for official announcements.
− Tradeify Crypto:
− - What is Tradeify Crypto?
− - Tradeify Crypto is a separate prop trading product from Tradeify that lets you trade cryptocurrency instead of futures. It uses the DXTrade platform (not Tradovate), offers 100+ crypto pairs (BTC, ETH, SOL, and more), up to 5x leverage, 24/7 trading, and an 80% profit split. It has its own dashboard, accounts, and support team - completely separate from Futures Prop.
- Can I use my Futures Prop account to trade crypto?
Section: Tradeify 247:
− - No. Futures Prop and Crypto Prop are completely separate products. They have separate dashboards, separate accounts, separate trading platforms (Tradovate vs DXTrade), and separate support teams. You cannot trade crypto on a Futures Prop account.
− - Do the same trading rules apply to Crypto Prop?
− - No. Crypto Prop has its own set of rules including different drawdown percentages, profit targets, and payout policies. The rules are different from Futures Prop. Visit help.tradeifycrypto.co for Crypto Prop rules and documentation.
− - Where do I sign up for Tradeify Crypto or learn more?
− - Visit tradeifycrypto.com to learn more, view pricing, and sign up. For the Crypto Help Center and support articles, visit help.tradeifycrypto.co.
After
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
+ A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
+ A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
Account Management:
- How many simulated funded accounts can I have at once?
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
+ - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
+ - Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
+ - No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
+ - Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
+ - If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
+ - "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
+ - If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- How do simulated funded account profit shares work?
- It's a 90-10 Profit Split, you will get 90% of the payout amount requested.
- What payout methods are accepted?
- We process payouts via Riseworks and Plane. Options include bank transfer and cryptocurrency.
- Can I use PayPal for payouts?
- No, PayPal is not a supported payout method. Tradeify processes payouts through Rise (primary) and Plane (alternative). Rise supports bank transfers and cryptocurrency withdrawals.
- How long do payouts take to process?
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
+ - Payouts are usually processed within 24 hours once your Rise onboarding is complete. Requests submitted over a weekend can take up to 72 hours, though most are still paid within 24 hours.
- Can I request another payout while my previous one is still processing?
- No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved or denied), then request again once you're eligible.
- When do I need to complete KYC verification?
+ - Before your first payout. You can start identity verification (KYC) in your Tradeify dashboard at any time. Residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before receiving a funded account, and crypto purchases require it at checkout. Rise payout verification is a separate step before your first payout.
- Do you send 1099 tax forms?
- No, Rise does.
- How do I download receipts or invoices for my Tradeify expenses?
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
+ - It depends on the account. Growth funded accounts need 5 profitable trading days. Select Flex needs 5 winning days. Select Daily has daily eligibility. Lightning has no minimum day count but must meet its profit goal and consistency rule. Your dashboard shows when you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
- No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
+ - Why do I see a $1 charge on my card?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
- Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay?
- No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- Try a different browser - Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge
- Clear your browser cookies for the Tradeify website
- "Stubborn cookies" from previous sessions can interfere with promotional codes.
- If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support. Already completed your purchase? If a code was not applied - you forgot to enter it, or the discounted price showed at checkout but you were charged the full amount, or the code isn't listed in your transaction details - contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy and we will get it corrected.
- I saw a promo code on Instagram/Facebook but it doesn't work
- Most likely cause: The promotion has already expired. Social media platforms (especially Instagram and Facebook) are notorious for continuing to show ads for promotions long after they've ended. We apologize for the confusion this causes.
- Check current promotions: Visit tradeify.co directly for active discounts, or check your email for promotional offers.
- If you believe the promotion should still be active (you just saw it announced recently), contact support and we can verify the code's status.
- If I trade after requesting a payout, which cycle do those profits count toward?
- Before payout approval: All profits (before AND after your request) count toward the same payout cycle. If your payout is denied, everything stays in the current cycle.
- After payout approval, same session: Profits made after approval but in the same trading session count toward your next payout cycle.
- Best practice: After your payout is approved, wait for a new trading session to begin before resuming trading. This ensures your profits clearly count toward the next cycle.
+ - Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
Trading Rules & Compliance:
- What is a trading day?
Section: Trading Rules & Compliance:
+ - A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next day.
- Can I hold positions overnight?
+ - Only within one trading session (6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next day). Every position must be closed by 4:45 PM ET; you cannot hold positions from one session into the next.
- What time can I start/stop trading?
+ - You can trade from 6:00 PM ET until 4:45 PM ET the next day.
- Is news trading allowed?
- Yes, it's allowed.
- Is hedging allowed?
- No. This includes opposing positions on the same instrument or on a correlated product, held in one account or across multiple accounts. Every account involved can be set to violation status.
- Can I trade on weekends?
- No, you cannot.
- Can I use a VPN or VPS?
- You cannot log in with VPN/VPS. After logging in normally, you may use VPS for trading at your own risk.
- Can I change my Tradovate Username and Password?
- No, do not change your Username or password as it will break the system.
- Do you allow scalping?
- Yes, we do. On funded accounts, to request a payout, over 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. This does not apply during an evaluation.
- Can I trade stocks/forex/options?
+ - No. We do not offer cash stocks, forex, options, or Single Stock Futures. Only the futures products on our supported products list can be traded.
- What time must I close positions?
+ - All positions must be closed before 4:45 PM ET.
- What happens during CME exchange halts?
- CME halts stop trading across all platforms. Tradeify does not compensate for losses during CME halts as they affect all market participants equally.
- Is martingale strategy allowed?
- Yes, as long as you're not hedging. Be aware that martingale is high-risk - stay within your drawdown and daily loss limits.
- What is auto-liquidation?
- Auto-liquidation is a protective mechanism that closes your positions when you hit your daily loss limit or trailing drawdown threshold. It's not an error - it's designed to prevent further losses.
- Why can't I place trades?
- Your account is likely in Liquidation-Only mode due to hitting your Daily Loss Limit or drawdown threshold. DLL resets the next trading day; drawdown breaches may be permanent.
- What triggers account liquidation?
- Liquidation is triggered by: Daily Loss Limit (DLL), Maximum Loss Limit (MLL), or trailing drawdown threshold. Monitor your risk parameters to avoid unexpected liquidations.
Platform & Technical:
- What platforms are supported?
Section: Platform & Technical:
+ - You choose one of three brokers at checkout, all at the same price: Tradovate (also gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView), Rithmic (also gives access to TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader), or WealthCharts.
- What happened to ProjectX?
- We offered ProjectX as a platform option for a short time. ProjectX decided to drop all of their clients, so we no longer offer that platform. Please refer to our Supported Platforms article for current and upcoming options.
- Do I have to pay for market data?
- No, we provide you with Level 1 Market data.
- Do I need Level 2 data?
- No, you do not need it, it's optional.
- Why is my market data delayed?
+ - On Tradovate, make sure you signed the Non-Professional Agreement in Tradovate Web.
- Why isn't the dashboard showing my updated balance?
- Your account balance now updates in real-time on the dashboard. The only figure that updates once per day - at the end of each trading day - is your Trailing Max Drawdown. If your balance still looks out of date, refresh the page.
- This applies to Tradovate. On Rithmic-based platforms (TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader), holiday and early-close half-day sessions are not reconciled until the next full market close, so your balance may look stuck until then - this is expected, not a sync error.
- Why aren't my trades showing on the dashboard immediately?
- Your trades, balance, and P&L now update in real-time on the Tradeify dashboard - you'll see them reflected as you trade.
- You can also verify trades in real-time on your trading platform (Tradovate, NinjaTrader, etc.).
- The one exception is your Trailing Max Drawdown, which updates once per day at the end of each trading day.
- Payout processing is unaffected - it uses the trading platform's real-time execution data.
- This real-time behavior applies to Tradovate. On Rithmic-based platforms (TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader), holiday and early-close half-day sessions are not reconciled until the next full market close, so trades and P&L for that day may not appear until then - this is expected, not a sync error.
- How do I contact Trader TV?
- Email for Trader TV inquiries.
Account Types:
- What's the difference between Sim Funded and Live Funded?
- Sim Funded: Trade in simulated markets, earn real payouts (90/10 split)
Section: Account Types:
+ - Elite Live: Trade with real capital in live markets, with daily payouts at an 80/20 profit split
- When do I get moved to Elite Live?
+ - Tradeify monitors performance and may select you for Elite Live once you reach 3 payouts on a single account, or 10 total payouts since your last live transition across all plan types.
- Each funded account that received at least one payout can transition to its own Elite Live account.
- See Tradeify Elite Program for full details.
- Can I reset a sim funded account?
- No, you cannot reset a sim funded account.
- I have a Live account. Can I start new evaluations?
- No, you cannot have Sim and Live accounts active simultaneously. See Sim and Live Account Restrictions in the Elite Program article for full details.
- Why is my funded account in simulation mode? Why can't I live trade?
- Your Sim Funded account is working exactly as intended! Sim Funded = simulated trading with real payouts. You trade on simulated markets, but you receive real money when you hit payout thresholds. This is NOT a practice account.
+ - Why simulated? Tradeify uses simulation to let you trade with significant capital ($25K-$300K) at minimal upfront cost while you prove consistent profitability.
- Seeing "Demo" or "Simulation" in Tradovate is expected - this is not an error. Your account is set up correctly.
- Path to real capital trading: Consistent performance → qualify for Elite Live → trade with real Tradeify capital.
Section: Competitions:
+ Competitions:
+ - What competitions are running?
+ - The Premier Trading League (PTL) is Tradeify's current competition: a free, simulated head-to-head league played from your Futures dashboard. See the PTL Full Competition Guide (https://help.tradeify.co/en/articles/16829567) for dates, rules, and prizes.
- Has there been a Grand Cup before?
+ - Yes! The first Tradeify Grand Cup ran from November 2 to December 12, 2025, and Grand Cup 2 ended in June 2026. It featured a $1,000,000 prize pool, 400 prizes, and culminated in LIVE Grand Finals where traders competed for the $200,000 Grand Champion prize.
+ - Is the Grand Cup running now?
+ - No. Grand Cup is not currently running and no new dates have been announced. Follow Tradeify on social media and join our Discord (discord.gg/tradeify) for official announcements.
+ Tradeify 247:
+ - What is Tradeify 247?
+ - Tradeify 247 (formerly Tradeify Crypto) is a separate prop trading brand for markets that trade around the clock, such as crypto. It has its own platforms, dashboard, accounts, rules, and support team - completely separate from Tradeify Futures.
- Can I use my Futures Prop account to trade crypto?
Section: Tradeify 247:
+ - No. Tradeify Futures and Tradeify 247 are completely separate products. They have separate dashboards, separate accounts, separate trading platforms, and separate support teams. You cannot trade crypto on a Futures Prop account.
+ - Do the same trading rules apply to Tradeify 247?
+ - No. Tradeify 247 has its own rules, including different drawdown, profit targets, and payout policies. Visit help.tradeify247.co for Tradeify 247 rules and documentation.
+ - Where do I sign up for Tradeify 247 or learn more?
+ - Visit tradeify247.co to learn more, view pricing, and sign up. For the Tradeify 247 Help Center, visit help.tradeify247.co.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
+ A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
− A: Once you meet your profit target and pass the Evaluation, you will need to wait until the dashboard updates between 5PM and 8 PM EST.
+ A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
− A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires. If you had an active subscription from before Tradeify 3.0, that subscription remains active until you cancel it — no new subscriptions are available.
+ A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
− Q: Do I get reset credits upon renewal?
− A: If the evaluation is NOT failed then the account will not reset and you will not get a reset credit.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
Account Management:
- How many simulated funded accounts can I have at once?
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
− - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM EST). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
+ - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
− - Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you've waited for the daily dashboard update (5-8 PM EST).
+ - Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
− - No, this is not normal. Funded account activation should happen the same day you pass your evaluation.
− - Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → wait for 5-8 PM EST reconciliation → activate funded account. If you passed late evening, activation may be available the next day after reconciliation.
− - If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard after 8 PM EST.
− - "Account creation in progress" message: If you see this message outside the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window (e.g., mid-day the next day), this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
− - If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your Tradovate username and account number for investigation.
+ - No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
+ - Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
+ - If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
+ - "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
+ - If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- How do simulated funded account profit shares work?
- It's a 90-10 Profit Split, you will get 90% of the payout amount requested.
- What payout methods are accepted?
- We process payouts via Riseworks and Plane. Options include bank transfer and cryptocurrency.
- Can I use PayPal for payouts?
- No, PayPal is not a supported payout method. Tradeify processes payouts through Rise (primary) and Plane (alternative). Rise supports bank transfers and cryptocurrency withdrawals.
- How long do payouts take to process?
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
− - Payouts are usually processed within 24 - 48 Hours.
+ - Payouts are usually processed within 24 hours once your Rise onboarding is complete. Requests submitted over a weekend can take up to 72 hours, though most are still paid within 24 hours.
- Can I request another payout while my previous one is still processing?
- No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved or denied), then request again once you're eligible.
- When do I need to complete KYC verification?
− - Only once you request a payout. You'll receive an email to sign up with Rise and complete verification.
+ - Before your first payout. You can start identity verification (KYC) in your Tradeify dashboard at any time. Residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before receiving a funded account, and crypto purchases require it at checkout. Rise payout verification is a separate step before your first payout.
- Do you send 1099 tax forms?
- No, Rise does.
- How do I download receipts or invoices for my Tradeify expenses?
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
− - No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
+ - It depends on the account. Growth funded accounts need 5 profitable trading days. Select Flex needs 5 winning days. Select Daily has daily eligibility. Lightning has no minimum day count but must meet its profit goal and consistency rule. Your dashboard shows when you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
- No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
− - Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
+ - Why do I see a $1 charge on my card?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
- Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay?
- No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- Try a different browser - Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge
- Clear your browser cookies for the Tradeify website
- "Stubborn cookies" from previous sessions can interfere with promotional codes.
- If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support. Already completed your purchase? If a code was not applied - you forgot to enter it, or the discounted price showed at checkout but you were charged the full amount, or the code isn't listed in your transaction details - contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy and we will get it corrected.
- I saw a promo code on Instagram/Facebook but it doesn't work
- Most likely cause: The promotion has already expired. Social media platforms (especially Instagram and Facebook) are notorious for continuing to show ads for promotions long after they've ended. We apologize for the confusion this causes.
- Check current promotions: Visit tradeify.co directly for active discounts, or check your email for promotional offers.
- If you believe the promotion should still be active (you just saw it announced recently), contact support and we can verify the code's status.
- If I trade after requesting a payout, which cycle do those profits count toward?
- Before payout approval: All profits (before AND after your request) count toward the same payout cycle. If your payout is denied, everything stays in the current cycle.
- After payout approval, same session: Profits made after approval but in the same trading session count toward your next payout cycle.
- Best practice: After your payout is approved, wait for a new trading session to begin before resuming trading. This ensures your profits clearly count toward the next cycle.
− - Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM EST to 5:00 PM EST the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
+ - Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
Trading Rules & Compliance:
- What is a trading day?
Section: Trading Rules & Compliance:
− - A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
+ - A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next day.
- Can I hold positions overnight?
− - No, you cannot.
+ - Only within one trading session (6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next day). Every position must be closed by 4:45 PM ET; you cannot hold positions from one session into the next.
- What time can I start/stop trading?
− - You can trade from 6:00 PM EST/EDT until 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next day.
+ - You can trade from 6:00 PM ET until 4:45 PM ET the next day.
- Is news trading allowed?
- Yes, it's allowed.
- Is hedging allowed?
- No. This includes opposing positions on the same instrument or on a correlated product, held in one account or across multiple accounts. Every account involved can be set to violation status.
- Can I trade on weekends?
- No, you cannot.
- Can I use a VPN or VPS?
- You cannot log in with VPN/VPS. After logging in normally, you may use VPS for trading at your own risk.
- Can I change my Tradovate Username and Password?
- No, do not change your Username or password as it will break the system.
- Do you allow scalping?
- Yes, we do. On funded accounts, to request a payout, over 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. This does not apply during an evaluation.
- Can I trade stocks/forex/options?
− - We do not offer cash stocks, forex, or options. We do offer Single Stock Futures on Tradovate, which track the price of individual companies such as Tesla, Nvidia, and Apple as futures contracts. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
+ - No. We do not offer cash stocks, forex, options, or Single Stock Futures. Only the futures products on our supported products list can be traded.
- What time must I close positions?
− - All positions must be closed before 4:45PM EST.
+ - All positions must be closed before 4:45 PM ET.
- What happens during CME exchange halts?
- CME halts stop trading across all platforms. Tradeify does not compensate for losses during CME halts as they affect all market participants equally.
- Is martingale strategy allowed?
- Yes, as long as you're not hedging. Be aware that martingale is high-risk - stay within your drawdown and daily loss limits.
- What is auto-liquidation?
- Auto-liquidation is a protective mechanism that closes your positions when you hit your daily loss limit or trailing drawdown threshold. It's not an error - it's designed to prevent further losses.
- Why can't I place trades?
- Your account is likely in Liquidation-Only mode due to hitting your Daily Loss Limit or drawdown threshold. DLL resets the next trading day; drawdown breaches may be permanent.
- What triggers account liquidation?
- Liquidation is triggered by: Daily Loss Limit (DLL), Maximum Loss Limit (MLL), or trailing drawdown threshold. Monitor your risk parameters to avoid unexpected liquidations.
Platform & Technical:
- What platforms are supported?
Section: Platform & Technical:
− - We offer Tradovate, NinjaTrader, and TradingView.
+ - You choose one of three brokers at checkout, all at the same price: Tradovate (also gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView), Rithmic (also gives access to TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader), or WealthCharts.
- What happened to ProjectX?
- We offered ProjectX as a platform option for a short time. ProjectX decided to drop all of their clients, so we no longer offer that platform. Please refer to our Supported Platforms article for current and upcoming options.
- Do I have to pay for market data?
- No, we provide you with Level 1 Market data.
- Do I need Level 2 data?
- No, you do not need it, it's optional.
- Why is my market data delayed?
− - Make sure to sign the Non-Professional Agreement in Tradovate Web.
+ - On Tradovate, make sure you signed the Non-Professional Agreement in Tradovate Web.
- Why isn't the dashboard showing my updated balance?
- Your account balance now updates in real-time on the dashboard. The only figure that updates once per day - at the end of each trading day - is your Trailing Max Drawdown. If your balance still looks out of date, refresh the page.
- This applies to Tradovate. On Rithmic-based platforms (TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader), holiday and early-close half-day sessions are not reconciled until the next full market close, so your balance may look stuck until then - this is expected, not a sync error.
- Why aren't my trades showing on the dashboard immediately?
- Your trades, balance, and P&L now update in real-time on the Tradeify dashboard - you'll see them reflected as you trade.
- You can also verify trades in real-time on your trading platform (Tradovate, NinjaTrader, etc.).
- The one exception is your Trailing Max Drawdown, which updates once per day at the end of each trading day.
- Payout processing is unaffected - it uses the trading platform's real-time execution data.
- This real-time behavior applies to Tradovate. On Rithmic-based platforms (TradeSea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader), holiday and early-close half-day sessions are not reconciled until the next full market close, so trades and P&L for that day may not appear until then - this is expected, not a sync error.
- How do I contact Trader TV?
- Email for Trader TV inquiries.
Account Types:
- What's the difference between Sim Funded and Live Funded?
- Sim Funded: Trade in simulated markets, earn real payouts (90/10 split)
Section: Account Types:
− - Live Funded: Trade with real capital in live markets, higher earning potential with daily payouts and scaling opportunities
+ - Elite Live: Trade with real capital in live markets, with daily payouts at an 80/20 profit split
- When do I get moved to Elite Live?
− - Tradeify monitors individual account performance and may select you for Elite Live transition, typically after 4-5 payouts on a single account.
+ - Tradeify monitors performance and may select you for Elite Live once you reach 3 payouts on a single account, or 10 total payouts since your last live transition across all plan types.
- Each funded account that received at least one payout can transition to its own Elite Live account.
- See Tradeify Elite Program for full details.
- Can I reset a sim funded account?
- No, you cannot reset a sim funded account.
- I have a Live account. Can I start new evaluations?
- No, you cannot have Sim and Live accounts active simultaneously. See Sim and Live Account Restrictions in the Elite Program article for full details.
- Why is my funded account in simulation mode? Why can't I live trade?
- Your Sim Funded account is working exactly as intended! Sim Funded = simulated trading with real payouts. You trade on simulated markets, but you receive real money when you hit payout thresholds. This is NOT a practice account.
− - Why simulated? Tradeify uses simulation to let you trade with significant capital ($50K-$150K) at minimal upfront cost while you prove consistent profitability.
+ - Why simulated? Tradeify uses simulation to let you trade with significant capital ($25K-$300K) at minimal upfront cost while you prove consistent profitability.
- Seeing "Demo" or "Simulation" in Tradovate is expected - this is not an error. Your account is set up correctly.
- Path to real capital trading: Consistent performance → qualify for Elite Live → trade with real Tradeify capital.
Section: Competitions:
− Grand Cup:
− - What is the Grand Cup?
− - The Tradeify Grand Cup is our flagship trading competition with major cash prizes. Traders compete in a knockout-style format, with top performers advancing to live Grand Finals for a chance at the Grand Champion title.
+ Competitions:
+ - What competitions are running?
+ - The Premier Trading League (PTL) is Tradeify's current competition: a free, simulated head-to-head league played from your Futures dashboard. See the PTL Full Competition Guide (https://help.tradeify.co/en/articles/16829567) for dates, rules, and prizes.
- Has there been a Grand Cup before?
− - Yes! The first Tradeify Grand Cup ran from November 2 to December 12, 2025. It featured a $1,000,000 prize pool, 400 prizes, and culminated in LIVE Grand Finals where traders competed for the $200,000 Grand Champion prize.
− - When is the next Grand Cup?
− - The next Grand Cup is planned for Spring 2026. No official dates have been announced yet. Follow Tradeify on social media and join our Discord (discord.gg/tradeify) for official announcements.
− Tradeify Crypto:
− - What is Tradeify Crypto?
− - Tradeify Crypto is a separate prop trading product from Tradeify that lets you trade cryptocurrency instead of futures. It uses the DXTrade platform (not Tradovate), offers 100+ crypto pairs (BTC, ETH, SOL, and more), up to 5x leverage, 24/7 trading, and an 80% profit split. It has its own dashboard, accounts, and support team - completely separate from Futures Prop.
+ - Yes! The first Tradeify Grand Cup ran from November 2 to December 12, 2025, and Grand Cup 2 ended in June 2026. It featured a $1,000,000 prize pool, 400 prizes, and culminated in LIVE Grand Finals where traders competed for the $200,000 Grand Champion prize.
+ - Is the Grand Cup running now?
+ - No. Grand Cup is not currently running and no new dates have been announced. Follow Tradeify on social media and join our Discord (discord.gg/tradeify) for official announcements.
+ Tradeify 247:
+ - What is Tradeify 247?
+ - Tradeify 247 (formerly Tradeify Crypto) is a separate prop trading brand for markets that trade around the clock, such as crypto. It has its own platforms, dashboard, accounts, rules, and support team - completely separate from Tradeify Futures.
- Can I use my Futures Prop account to trade crypto?
Section: Tradeify 247:
− - No. Futures Prop and Crypto Prop are completely separate products. They have separate dashboards, separate accounts, separate trading platforms (Tradovate vs DXTrade), and separate support teams. You cannot trade crypto on a Futures Prop account.
− - Do the same trading rules apply to Crypto Prop?
− - No. Crypto Prop has its own set of rules including different drawdown percentages, profit targets, and payout policies. The rules are different from Futures Prop. Visit help.tradeifycrypto.co for Crypto Prop rules and documentation.
− - Where do I sign up for Tradeify Crypto or learn more?
− - Visit tradeifycrypto.com to learn more, view pricing, and sign up. For the Crypto Help Center and support articles, visit help.tradeifycrypto.co.
+ - No. Tradeify Futures and Tradeify 247 are completely separate products. They have separate dashboards, separate accounts, separate trading platforms, and separate support teams. You cannot trade crypto on a Futures Prop account.
+ - Do the same trading rules apply to Tradeify 247?
+ - No. Tradeify 247 has its own rules, including different drawdown, profit targets, and payout policies. Visit help.tradeify247.co for Tradeify 247 rules and documentation.
+ - Where do I sign up for Tradeify 247 or learn more?
+ - Visit tradeify247.co to learn more, view pricing, and sign up. For the Tradeify 247 Help Center, visit help.tradeify247.co.
PremierTradeify · Essential Trading Rules Overview | Tradeify Help CenterGrowth Evaluation daily loss limit now includes $25k account tier ($600); trailing drawdown example clarified as sim funded only; Lightning $150k daily loss limit reduced from $3,750 to $3,000; Select funded accounts now scale positions; payout requests now require 50%+ trades...Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Core Trading Rules by Account Type:
Evaluation Accounts (Growth and Select)
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Evaluation: No daily loss limit
Section: Daily Loss Limits
− - Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Drawdown Protection Types
What is a Trailing Drawdown? Understanding a trailing drawdown involves knowing it as a dynamic loss limit mechanism. It calculates maximum allowable losses "trailing" or adjusting with your account's peak value, integrating into Tradeify's risk management strategy.
A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit. The limit trails your highest end-of-day balance (the high water mark) and only moves up, never down. It is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value, which includes unrealized P&L on open positions - breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
All Evaluation Accounts - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
- Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Section: Drawdown Protection Types
− - Example: A Growth account with a $2,000 trailing drawdown locks its floor at $50,100 once its end-of-day balance reaches $52,100.
Simulated Funded Accounts
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Flex: No daily loss limit
- Select Daily: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,000 for $50k, $1,250 for $100k, $1,750 for $150k)
- Growth Accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Section: Daily Loss Limits
− - Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Note: 25k Lightning funded does not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
Drawdown Types:
All Funded Accounts (Select, Growth, Lightning) - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
- Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Lightning Funded Specifics:
- Lightning accounts only apply the EOD trailing drawdown, ensuring threshold adjustments align strictly with end-of-day balances.
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
| Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent |
|---|
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Section: Position Scaling
− - No scaling restrictions - Use your maximum position size from day one
- Full limits available immediately - No need to build up gradually
Prohibited Activities
- Hedging: Not allowed — this includes opposing positions on correlated products and positions held across multiple accounts. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
- Exploiting Platform Errors: Strictly forbidden
- HFT Bots: High-frequency trading bots not allowed
Algorithmic Trading
Allowed if:
- You own the strategy exclusively
- Not shared with other traders/firms
- Not high-frequency trading
- Can prove ownership if requested
Microscalping Guidelines
- Over 50% of your trades AND profits must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds
- Applies to funded accounts only, not evaluations. If you do not meet these two criteria you won't be able to request a payout.
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
Section: Payout Eligibility Rules
− - The trade can be as brief as 5 seconds as long as it satisfies the minimum activity requirement.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Growth: 35% limit
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
− Lightning Funded: 20% limit
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Section: News Trading Policy
− Restrictions: Specific rules around major economic events
Details: See full news trading policy for complete guidelines
Need Clarification?
Have questions about specific rules?
- Check our detailed rule articles
- Ask in our Discord community
- Contact support for clarification
Remember: These rules exist to help you become a consistently profitable trader. Following them closely will set you up for long-term success with Tradeify!
Detailed Rule Articles:
- Consistency Rule Details
- Trailing Max Drawdowns
- Daily Loss Limits
- News Trading Policy
After
Core Trading Rules by Account Type:
Evaluation Accounts (Growth and Select)
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Evaluation: No daily loss limit
Section: Daily Loss Limits
+ - Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($600 for $25k, $1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Drawdown Protection Types
What is a Trailing Drawdown? Understanding a trailing drawdown involves knowing it as a dynamic loss limit mechanism. It calculates maximum allowable losses "trailing" or adjusting with your account's peak value, integrating into Tradeify's risk management strategy.
A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit. The limit trails your highest end-of-day balance (the high water mark) and only moves up, never down. It is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value, which includes unrealized P&L on open positions - breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
All Evaluation Accounts - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
- Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Section: Drawdown Protection Types
+ - Example (Sim Funded only): A 50K Growth funded account with a $2,000 trailing drawdown locks its floor at $50,100 once its end-of-day balance reaches $52,100. Drawdown never locks on evaluation accounts.
Simulated Funded Accounts
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Flex: No daily loss limit
- Select Daily: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,000 for $50k, $1,250 for $100k, $1,750 for $150k)
- Growth Accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Section: Daily Loss Limits
+ - Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,000 for $150k; none for $25k)
- Note: 25k Lightning funded does not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
Drawdown Types:
All Funded Accounts (Select, Growth, Lightning) - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
- Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Lightning Funded Specifics:
- Lightning accounts only apply the EOD trailing drawdown, ensuring threshold adjustments align strictly with end-of-day balances.
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
| Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent |
|---|
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Section: Position Scaling
+ - Scaling - Growth and Lightning use their maximum position size from day one; Select funded accounts scale up as the account grows
- Full limits available immediately - No need to build up gradually
Prohibited Activities
- Hedging: Not allowed — this includes opposing positions on correlated products and positions held across multiple accounts. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
- Exploiting Platform Errors: Strictly forbidden
- HFT Bots: High-frequency trading bots not allowed
Algorithmic Trading
Allowed if:
- You own the strategy exclusively
- Not shared with other traders/firms
- Not high-frequency trading
- Can prove ownership if requested
Microscalping Guidelines
- Over 50% of your trades AND profits must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds
- Applies to funded accounts only, not evaluations. If you do not meet these two criteria you won't be able to request a payout.
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
Section: Payout Eligibility Rules
+ - On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Growth: 35% limit
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
+ Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Section: News Trading Policy
+ Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
Details: See full news trading policy for complete guidelines
Need Clarification?
Have questions about specific rules?
- Check our detailed rule articles
- Ask in our Discord community
- Contact support for clarification
Remember: These rules exist to help you become a consistently profitable trader. Following them closely will set you up for long-term success with Tradeify!
Detailed Rule Articles:
- Consistency Rule Details
- Trailing Max Drawdowns
- Daily Loss Limits
- News Trading Policy
Core Trading Rules by Account Type:
Evaluation Accounts (Growth and Select)
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Evaluation: No daily loss limit
Section: Daily Loss Limits
− - Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
+ - Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($600 for $25k, $1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Drawdown Protection Types
What is a Trailing Drawdown? Understanding a trailing drawdown involves knowing it as a dynamic loss limit mechanism. It calculates maximum allowable losses "trailing" or adjusting with your account's peak value, integrating into Tradeify's risk management strategy.
A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit. The limit trails your highest end-of-day balance (the high water mark) and only moves up, never down. It is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value, which includes unrealized P&L on open positions - breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
All Evaluation Accounts - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
- Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Section: Drawdown Protection Types
− - Example: A Growth account with a $2,000 trailing drawdown locks its floor at $50,100 once its end-of-day balance reaches $52,100.
+ - Example (Sim Funded only): A 50K Growth funded account with a $2,000 trailing drawdown locks its floor at $50,100 once its end-of-day balance reaches $52,100. Drawdown never locks on evaluation accounts.
Simulated Funded Accounts
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Flex: No daily loss limit
- Select Daily: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,000 for $50k, $1,250 for $100k, $1,750 for $150k)
- Growth Accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Section: Daily Loss Limits
− - Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
+ - Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,000 for $150k; none for $25k)
- Note: 25k Lightning funded does not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
Drawdown Types:
All Funded Accounts (Select, Growth, Lightning) - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
- Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Lightning Funded Specifics:
- Lightning accounts only apply the EOD trailing drawdown, ensuring threshold adjustments align strictly with end-of-day balances.
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
| Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent |
|---|
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Section: Position Scaling
− - No scaling restrictions - Use your maximum position size from day one
+ - Scaling - Growth and Lightning use their maximum position size from day one; Select funded accounts scale up as the account grows
- Full limits available immediately - No need to build up gradually
Prohibited Activities
- Hedging: Not allowed — this includes opposing positions on correlated products and positions held across multiple accounts. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
- Exploiting Platform Errors: Strictly forbidden
- HFT Bots: High-frequency trading bots not allowed
Algorithmic Trading
Allowed if:
- You own the strategy exclusively
- Not shared with other traders/firms
- Not high-frequency trading
- Can prove ownership if requested
Microscalping Guidelines
- Over 50% of your trades AND profits must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds
- Applies to funded accounts only, not evaluations. If you do not meet these two criteria you won't be able to request a payout.
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
Section: Payout Eligibility Rules
− - The trade can be as brief as 5 seconds as long as it satisfies the minimum activity requirement.
+ - On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Growth: 35% limit
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
− Lightning Funded: 20% limit
+ Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Section: News Trading Policy
− Restrictions: Specific rules around major economic events
+ Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
Details: See full news trading policy for complete guidelines
Need Clarification?
Have questions about specific rules?
- Check our detailed rule articles
- Ask in our Discord community
- Contact support for clarification
Remember: These rules exist to help you become a consistently profitable trader. Following them closely will set you up for long-term success with Tradeify!
Detailed Rule Articles:
- Consistency Rule Details
- Trailing Max Drawdowns
- Daily Loss Limits
- News Trading Policy
PremierTradeify · Which Plan is Right for You? | Tradeify Help CenterOne-time purchase prices increased across evaluation tiers, news trading restriction removed, and profit targets adjusted for some account sizes.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Choosing the right account type depends on several key factors: your preferred drawdown tracking method, budget considerations, trading timeline, and risk tolerance. Let's break down each option to help you make a decision.
| SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation | Lightning Funded |
|---|
You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | Immediate funding - skip the evaluation stage
Detailed Account Breakdown
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
Section: SELECT Evaluation
− - One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
- End of Day trailing drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
− - Tier 1 news trading allowed
- $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
Section: Growth Evaluation
− - One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Daily loss limits apply
- End-of-day realized P&L tracking
- More flexibility during trading hours
− - $3000, $6000, $9000 Profit target to pass the Evaluation
Lightning Funded
Best for: Proven traders who want immediate funding who want to skip the evaluation phase
Pricing & Costs:
Section: Lightning Funded
− - One-time payment: $349 - $729 (no recurring fees)
- No monthly subscriptions or hidden fees
- No resets available - must purchase replacement if account fails
- Most cost-effective for long-term successful traders
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Immediate access to funded account
- Skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Daily loss limits apply
- Profit Goals to achieve payouts
- Progressive consistency required for payouts: 20% (first payout) → 25% (second) → 30% (third+)
Drawdown Types for Each Account Type Explained
SELECT Evaluation Features
How it works: Unified evaluation with End of Day drawdown and no daily loss limits, giving you flexibility to choose your funded strategy after passing.
Advantages:
- No activation fees - start immediately after purchasing
- End of Day drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- Choose your payout policy after proving your skills (5-Day Flex or Daily)
- 40% consistency requirement builds sustainable trading habits
- Funded in 3 days after passing
Considerations:
Section: SELECT Evaluation Features
− - One-time purchase cost ($95-$215)
- 40% consistency requirement during evaluation
- Your payout policy choice is permanent once selected
End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
How it works: Your drawdown limit adjusts only at the end of the trading day based on your highest balance.
Advantages:
- Greater flexibility during trading hours
- Temporary intraday losses do not move the drawdown limit (the limit is still enforced in real time)
- Growth: No activation fee
Considerations:
- Daily loss limits apply
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
After
Choosing the right account type depends on several key factors: your preferred drawdown tracking method, budget considerations, trading timeline, and risk tolerance. Let's break down each option to help you make a decision.
| SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation | Lightning Funded |
|---|
You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | Immediate funding - skip the evaluation stage
Detailed Account Breakdown
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
Section: SELECT Evaluation
+ - One-time purchase: $109 - $369, or $349 for the 300K (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
- End of Day trailing drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
+ - News trading allowed
- $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
Section: Growth Evaluation
+ - One-time purchase: $99 - $369 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Daily loss limits apply
- End-of-day realized P&L tracking
- More flexibility during trading hours
+ - $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000 profit target (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K) to pass the Evaluation
Lightning Funded
Best for: Proven traders who want immediate funding who want to skip the evaluation phase
Pricing & Costs:
Section: Lightning Funded
+ - One-time payment: $345 - $796 (no recurring fees)
- No monthly subscriptions or hidden fees
- No resets available - must purchase replacement if account fails
- Most cost-effective for long-term successful traders
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Immediate access to funded account
- Skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Daily loss limits apply
- Profit Goals to achieve payouts
- Progressive consistency required for payouts: 20% (first payout) → 25% (second) → 30% (third+)
Drawdown Types for Each Account Type Explained
SELECT Evaluation Features
How it works: Unified evaluation with End of Day drawdown and no daily loss limits, giving you flexibility to choose your funded strategy after passing.
Advantages:
- No activation fees - start immediately after purchasing
- End of Day drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- Choose your payout policy after proving your skills (5-Day Flex or Daily)
- 40% consistency requirement builds sustainable trading habits
- Funded in 3 days after passing
Considerations:
Section: SELECT Evaluation Features
+ - One-time purchase cost ($109-$369)
- 40% consistency requirement during evaluation
- Your payout policy choice is permanent once selected
End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
How it works: Your drawdown limit adjusts only at the end of the trading day based on your highest balance.
Advantages:
- Greater flexibility during trading hours
- Temporary intraday losses do not move the drawdown limit (the limit is still enforced in real time)
- Growth: No activation fee
Considerations:
- Daily loss limits apply
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Choosing the right account type depends on several key factors: your preferred drawdown tracking method, budget considerations, trading timeline, and risk tolerance. Let's break down each option to help you make a decision.
| SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation | Lightning Funded |
|---|
You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | Immediate funding - skip the evaluation stage
Detailed Account Breakdown
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
Section: SELECT Evaluation
− - One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
+ - One-time purchase: $109 - $369, or $349 for the 300K (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
- End of Day trailing drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
− - Tier 1 news trading allowed
+ - News trading allowed
- $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
Section: Growth Evaluation
− - One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
+ - One-time purchase: $99 - $369 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Daily loss limits apply
- End-of-day realized P&L tracking
- More flexibility during trading hours
− - $3000, $6000, $9000 Profit target to pass the Evaluation
+ - $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000 profit target (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K) to pass the Evaluation
Lightning Funded
Best for: Proven traders who want immediate funding who want to skip the evaluation phase
Pricing & Costs:
Section: Lightning Funded
− - One-time payment: $349 - $729 (no recurring fees)
+ - One-time payment: $345 - $796 (no recurring fees)
- No monthly subscriptions or hidden fees
- No resets available - must purchase replacement if account fails
- Most cost-effective for long-term successful traders
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Immediate access to funded account
- Skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Daily loss limits apply
- Profit Goals to achieve payouts
- Progressive consistency required for payouts: 20% (first payout) → 25% (second) → 30% (third+)
Drawdown Types for Each Account Type Explained
SELECT Evaluation Features
How it works: Unified evaluation with End of Day drawdown and no daily loss limits, giving you flexibility to choose your funded strategy after passing.
Advantages:
- No activation fees - start immediately after purchasing
- End of Day drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- Choose your payout policy after proving your skills (5-Day Flex or Daily)
- 40% consistency requirement builds sustainable trading habits
- Funded in 3 days after passing
Considerations:
Section: SELECT Evaluation Features
− - One-time purchase cost ($95-$215)
+ - One-time purchase cost ($109-$369)
- 40% consistency requirement during evaluation
- Your payout policy choice is permanent once selected
End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
How it works: Your drawdown limit adjusts only at the end of the trading day based on your highest balance.
Advantages:
- Greater flexibility during trading hours
- Temporary intraday losses do not move the drawdown limit (the limit is still enforced in real time)
- Growth: No activation fee
Considerations:
- Daily loss limits apply
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
PremierTradeify · Welcome to Tradeify | Tradeify Help CenterLightning Funded one-time payment range changed from $349-$729 to $345-$796, evaluation accounts now include $300k option, and payout eligibility clarified.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Welcome to Tradeify, where we turn talented traders into funded professionals. Whether you're new to funded trading or experienced with other firms, this guide will help you understand our platform and get started on your journey to consistent profitability.
What is Tradeify?
Section: What is Tradeify?
− Tradeify is a proprietary trading firm that provides capital to skilled traders. We offer two main pathways: traders can purchase evaluation accounts to prove their skills and advance to funded accounts, or skip the evaluation entirely with Lightning Funded accounts. During both evaluation and sim funded stages, you can earn real payouts while trading with simulated capital before potentially advancing to live funded accounts.
Your Trading Journey with Tradeify
Step 1: Review Trading Rules & Choose Your Account Type
First, review and understand our trading rules, then select the path that fits your style:
Select Evaluation Accounts
- No daily loss limit, EOD trailing drawdown
- 40% consistency rule (minimum 3 trading days to pass)
- One-time purchase, no activation fee
- Resets available
Growth Evaluation Accounts
- End of Day drawdown (maximum trailing drawdown calculated at market close), better for traders trying to catch bigger moves
- One-time purchase, no activation fee
- Resets available
Lightning Funded Accounts
- Skip evaluation, start earning immediately
Section: Step 1: Review Trading Rules & Choose Your Account Type
− - One-time payment: $349-$729
- No monthly fees, no resets available
Step 2: Complete Your Setup
- Select your Broker
- Receive login credentials and sign your Non-Professional Agreement to receive live market data
- Connect your preferred trading platform
- Join our Discord community for support
Step 3: Start Trading
- Begin trading according to your account rules
- Monitor performance through our dashboard
- Build consistency to qualify for payouts
- Work toward transitioning to live funded accounts
Supported Trading Platforms
What Makes Tradeify Different?
Multiple Funding Paths
Unlike firms with only one option, we offer three distinct routes to funding, allowing you to choose what fits your trading style and budget.
Real-Time Monitoring
You can monitor your balance, profit, daily loss limit, and consistency in real-time through the Tradeify dashboard, your central hub for account management and performance tracking. Your Trailing Max Drawdown is shown there too and updates once per day, at the end of each trading day.
Built-in Journal
Store your data, measure trading performance, track key performance indicators, and monitor the metrics that matter most.
Competitive Profit Splits
Earn 90% of your profits on simulated funded accounts, with opportunities to scale up to live trading.
Trader-Focused Support
Active Discord community, comprehensive help center, and dedicated support team to help you succeed.
Account Sizes Available
Section: Account Sizes Available
− Evaluation Accounts: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k (Growth & Select)
Lightning Funded: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Who is the owner/founder of Tradeify?
A: Brett Simberkoff is the founder and CEO of Tradeify. You can follow him on X (Twitter) at @BrettSimba.
Ready for the next step? Continue to Which Plan is Right for You?
After
Welcome to Tradeify, where we turn talented traders into funded professionals. Whether you're new to funded trading or experienced with other firms, this guide will help you understand our platform and get started on your journey to consistent profitability.
What is Tradeify?
Section: What is Tradeify?
+ Tradeify is a proprietary trading firm that provides capital to skilled traders. We offer two main pathways: traders can purchase evaluation accounts to prove their skills and advance to funded accounts, or skip the evaluation entirely with Lightning Funded accounts. Once you are sim funded, you can earn real payouts while trading with simulated capital, before potentially advancing to Elite Live. Evaluations do not pay out.
Your Trading Journey with Tradeify
Step 1: Review Trading Rules & Choose Your Account Type
First, review and understand our trading rules, then select the path that fits your style:
Select Evaluation Accounts
- No daily loss limit, EOD trailing drawdown
- 40% consistency rule (minimum 3 trading days to pass)
- One-time purchase, no activation fee
- Resets available
Growth Evaluation Accounts
- End of Day drawdown (maximum trailing drawdown calculated at market close), better for traders trying to catch bigger moves
- One-time purchase, no activation fee
- Resets available
Lightning Funded Accounts
- Skip evaluation, start earning immediately
Section: Step 1: Review Trading Rules & Choose Your Account Type
+ - One-time payment: $345-$796
- No monthly fees, no resets available
Step 2: Complete Your Setup
- Select your Broker
- Receive login credentials and sign your Non-Professional Agreement to receive live market data
- Connect your preferred trading platform
- Join our Discord community for support
Step 3: Start Trading
- Begin trading according to your account rules
- Monitor performance through our dashboard
- Build consistency to qualify for payouts
- Work toward transitioning to live funded accounts
Supported Trading Platforms
What Makes Tradeify Different?
Multiple Funding Paths
Unlike firms with only one option, we offer three distinct routes to funding, allowing you to choose what fits your trading style and budget.
Real-Time Monitoring
You can monitor your balance, profit, daily loss limit, and consistency in real-time through the Tradeify dashboard, your central hub for account management and performance tracking. Your Trailing Max Drawdown is shown there too and updates once per day, at the end of each trading day.
Built-in Journal
Store your data, measure trading performance, track key performance indicators, and monitor the metrics that matter most.
Competitive Profit Splits
Earn 90% of your profits on simulated funded accounts, with opportunities to scale up to live trading.
Trader-Focused Support
Active Discord community, comprehensive help center, and dedicated support team to help you succeed.
Account Sizes Available
Section: Account Sizes Available
+ Evaluation Accounts: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k (Growth & Select), plus $300k (Select, limited release)
Lightning Funded: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Who is the owner/founder of Tradeify?
A: Brett Simberkoff is the founder and CEO of Tradeify. You can follow him on X (Twitter) at @BrettSimba.
Ready for the next step? Continue to Which Plan is Right for You?
Welcome to Tradeify, where we turn talented traders into funded professionals. Whether you're new to funded trading or experienced with other firms, this guide will help you understand our platform and get started on your journey to consistent profitability.
What is Tradeify?
Section: What is Tradeify?
− Tradeify is a proprietary trading firm that provides capital to skilled traders. We offer two main pathways: traders can purchase evaluation accounts to prove their skills and advance to funded accounts, or skip the evaluation entirely with Lightning Funded accounts. During both evaluation and sim funded stages, you can earn real payouts while trading with simulated capital before potentially advancing to live funded accounts.
+ Tradeify is a proprietary trading firm that provides capital to skilled traders. We offer two main pathways: traders can purchase evaluation accounts to prove their skills and advance to funded accounts, or skip the evaluation entirely with Lightning Funded accounts. Once you are sim funded, you can earn real payouts while trading with simulated capital, before potentially advancing to Elite Live. Evaluations do not pay out.
Your Trading Journey with Tradeify
Step 1: Review Trading Rules & Choose Your Account Type
First, review and understand our trading rules, then select the path that fits your style:
Select Evaluation Accounts
- No daily loss limit, EOD trailing drawdown
- 40% consistency rule (minimum 3 trading days to pass)
- One-time purchase, no activation fee
- Resets available
Growth Evaluation Accounts
- End of Day drawdown (maximum trailing drawdown calculated at market close), better for traders trying to catch bigger moves
- One-time purchase, no activation fee
- Resets available
Lightning Funded Accounts
- Skip evaluation, start earning immediately
Section: Step 1: Review Trading Rules & Choose Your Account Type
− - One-time payment: $349-$729
+ - One-time payment: $345-$796
- No monthly fees, no resets available
Step 2: Complete Your Setup
- Select your Broker
- Receive login credentials and sign your Non-Professional Agreement to receive live market data
- Connect your preferred trading platform
- Join our Discord community for support
Step 3: Start Trading
- Begin trading according to your account rules
- Monitor performance through our dashboard
- Build consistency to qualify for payouts
- Work toward transitioning to live funded accounts
Supported Trading Platforms
What Makes Tradeify Different?
Multiple Funding Paths
Unlike firms with only one option, we offer three distinct routes to funding, allowing you to choose what fits your trading style and budget.
Real-Time Monitoring
You can monitor your balance, profit, daily loss limit, and consistency in real-time through the Tradeify dashboard, your central hub for account management and performance tracking. Your Trailing Max Drawdown is shown there too and updates once per day, at the end of each trading day.
Built-in Journal
Store your data, measure trading performance, track key performance indicators, and monitor the metrics that matter most.
Competitive Profit Splits
Earn 90% of your profits on simulated funded accounts, with opportunities to scale up to live trading.
Trader-Focused Support
Active Discord community, comprehensive help center, and dedicated support team to help you succeed.
Account Sizes Available
Section: Account Sizes Available
− Evaluation Accounts: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k (Growth & Select)
+ Evaluation Accounts: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k (Growth & Select), plus $300k (Select, limited release)
Lightning Funded: $25k, $50k, $100k, $150k
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Who is the owner/founder of Tradeify?
A: Brett Simberkoff is the founder and CEO of Tradeify. You can follow him on X (Twitter) at @BrettSimba.
Ready for the next step? Continue to Which Plan is Right for You?
EUnlistedEarn2Trade · What Platforms can I use for the Gauntlet Mini™ / Trader Career Path®? | Earn2Trade Help CenterQuantower moved from paid platforms section to free platforms list.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Here is a list of platforms that can be used in the Gauntlet Mini™ / Trader Career Path®. Other than where noted below, users must provide their own license:
- NinjaTrader® - Free during the Trader Career Path®/ Gauntlet Mini™.
- Finamark - Free during the Trader Career Path®/ Gauntlet Mini™, includes a 90 day live trading license
| - R | Trader & R | Trader Pro - Free |
|---|
- Tradovate - Free
- TradingView - Free
- BlackArrow One - Free
- DeepCharts - Free
- Inside Edge Trader
- Investor RT
- Motive Wave
- MultiCharts
- Bookmap
- Photon
- QScalp
- QSI- Quick Screen Trading
- ScalpTool
- Trade Navigator
- Volfix.net
- Jigsaw Trading
- ATAS Order Flow Trading
- Sierra Chart (Please see this article for further details.) As of 2020, Sierra Charts no longer supports Rithmic officially. While many customers still use it without any issues, there is no official Sierra support for possible connection issues. Please use at your own risk only.
− - Quantower
If you don’t see your platform of choice, please contact our support and see if we can provide a solution.
After
Here is a list of platforms that can be used in the Gauntlet Mini™ / Trader Career Path®. Other than where noted below, users must provide their own license:
- NinjaTrader® - Free during the Trader Career Path®/ Gauntlet Mini™.
- Finamark - Free during the Trader Career Path®/ Gauntlet Mini™, includes a 90 day live trading license
| - R | Trader & R | Trader Pro - Free |
|---|
- Tradovate - Free
- TradingView - Free
- BlackArrow One - Free
- DeepCharts - Free
+ - Quantower - Free
- Inside Edge Trader
- Investor RT
- Motive Wave
- MultiCharts
- Bookmap
- Photon
- QScalp
- QSI- Quick Screen Trading
- ScalpTool
- Trade Navigator
- Volfix.net
- Jigsaw Trading
- ATAS Order Flow Trading
- Sierra Chart (Please see this article for further details.) As of 2020, Sierra Charts no longer supports Rithmic officially. While many customers still use it without any issues, there is no official Sierra support for possible connection issues. Please use at your own risk only.
If you don’t see your platform of choice, please contact our support and see if we can provide a solution.
Here is a list of platforms that can be used in the Gauntlet Mini™ / Trader Career Path®. Other than where noted below, users must provide their own license:
- NinjaTrader® - Free during the Trader Career Path®/ Gauntlet Mini™.
- Finamark - Free during the Trader Career Path®/ Gauntlet Mini™, includes a 90 day live trading license
| - R | Trader & R | Trader Pro - Free |
|---|
- Tradovate - Free
- TradingView - Free
- BlackArrow One - Free
- DeepCharts - Free
+ - Quantower - Free
- Inside Edge Trader
- Investor RT
- Motive Wave
- MultiCharts
- Bookmap
- Photon
- QScalp
- QSI- Quick Screen Trading
- ScalpTool
- Trade Navigator
- Volfix.net
- Jigsaw Trading
- ATAS Order Flow Trading
- Sierra Chart (Please see this article for further details.) As of 2020, Sierra Charts no longer supports Rithmic officially. While many customers still use it without any issues, there is no official Sierra support for possible connection issues. Please use at your own risk only.
− - Quantower
If you don’t see your platform of choice, please contact our support and see if we can provide a solution.
FUnlistedFunded Futures Network · Article 4.4: Working with Your Risk ManagerArticle replaced sections on risk manager assistance and contact methods with information about when risk managers initiate outreach.Oct 16
Read the live article ↗All Funded Futures Network changesVersion historyVisit Funded Futures Network ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What Is a Risk Manager?
Every FFN funded trader is assigned a personal risk manager. The risk manager's role is to help traders follow strategies that lead to success, manage risk, and navigate the path from Sim Funded trading to the FFN Institution.
Section: Your Risk Manager could reach out to you if:
− What Your Risk Manager Can Help With
− - Questions about your contract limit
− - Questions about the Promotion Review and the FFN Institution
− - General account questions and strategy guidance
− How to Contact Your Risk Manager
− - Use the Risk Manager Request form available in your FFN dashboard.
− - The form is linked from the dashboard after you become a funded trader.
TIP: Your contract limit is set automatically at the end of each trading day (Article 3.5). Check your current limit in your dashboard before you trade. Exceeding it at any point is a rule violation and can result in immediate account loss.
CATEGORY 5
After
What Is a Risk Manager?
Every FFN funded trader is assigned a personal risk manager. The risk manager's role is to help traders follow strategies that lead to success, manage risk, and navigate the path from Sim Funded trading to the FFN Institution.
Section: Your Risk Manager could reach out to you if:
+ Your Risk Manager could reach out to you if:
+ - Your trading style is violating FFN's rules.
+ - You get moved to FFN Institution early.
TIP: Your contract limit is set automatically at the end of each trading day (Article 3.5). Check your current limit in your dashboard before you trade. Exceeding it at any point is a rule violation and can result in immediate account loss.
CATEGORY 5
What Is a Risk Manager?
Every FFN funded trader is assigned a personal risk manager. The risk manager's role is to help traders follow strategies that lead to success, manage risk, and navigate the path from Sim Funded trading to the FFN Institution.
Section: Your Risk Manager could reach out to you if:
− What Your Risk Manager Can Help With
− - Questions about your contract limit
− - Questions about the Promotion Review and the FFN Institution
− - General account questions and strategy guidance
− How to Contact Your Risk Manager
− - Use the Risk Manager Request form available in your FFN dashboard.
− - The form is linked from the dashboard after you become a funded trader.
+ Your Risk Manager could reach out to you if:
+ - Your trading style is violating FFN's rules.
+ - You get moved to FFN Institution early.
TIP: Your contract limit is set automatically at the end of each trading day (Article 3.5). Check your current limit in your dashboard before you trade. Exceeding it at any point is a rule violation and can result in immediate account loss.
CATEGORY 5
TUnlistedTop One Futures · Inactivity Rule Explained | Top One Futures Help CenterAdded detail that the 14-day inactivity window is calculated to the exact hour and minute (336 hours) from most recent trade, not calendar days.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Inactivity Rule Explained | Top One Futures Help Center Skip to main content |
|---|
Top One Futures Home
Top One Futures Home
Search for articles...
- All Collections
- General Rules
- Inactivity Rule Explained
Inactivity Rule Explained
The 14-day Inactivity Rule: how it is counted, what happens if you do not trade in time, and tips to stay active.
Section: Inactivity Rule Explained
− Updated over 2 weeks ago
Table of contents
All traders must place at least one trade every 14 calendar days to keep their account in good standing. This article explains how the Inactivity Rule works, what happens if you break it, and how to avoid it.
What is the Inactivity Rule?
| Rule detail | How it works |
|---|
Requirement | At least one trade (entry and exit) must occur within a 14-day window, starting from your most recent trade
Counting days | The 14-day window includes weekends and holidays, not just business days
Section: What is the Inactivity Rule?
What happens if I don't trade for 14 days?
If no trades are placed within any 14-day period:
- Your account will be marked inactive.
- The account will receive a hard breach and be closed permanently.
- All progress and profits on the account will be lost.
Example: if your last trade was on April 1st, you must place your next trade no later than April 15th to avoid being breached for inactivity.
Tips to avoid inactivity
- Set a reminder on your phone or calendar every 10 to 12 days.
- Even one small trade (meeting our 10-second minimum) is enough to stay active.
- Do not wait until the last minute, give yourself a buffer.
Please note: an inactivity breach is permanent. Keep your account active with at least one trade every 14 calendar days.
After
| Inactivity Rule Explained | Top One Futures Help Center Skip to main content |
|---|
Top One Futures Home
Top One Futures Home
Search for articles...
- All Collections
- General Rules
- Inactivity Rule Explained
Inactivity Rule Explained
The 14-day Inactivity Rule: how it is counted, what happens if you do not trade in time, and tips to stay active.
Section: Inactivity Rule Explained
+ Updated today
Table of contents
All traders must place at least one trade every 14 calendar days to keep their account in good standing. This article explains how the Inactivity Rule works, what happens if you break it, and how to avoid it.
What is the Inactivity Rule?
| Rule detail | How it works |
|---|
Requirement | At least one trade (entry and exit) must occur within a 14-day window, starting from your most recent trade
Counting days | The 14-day window includes weekends and holidays, not just business days
Section: What is the Inactivity Rule?
+ Exact Calculation | The 14-day rule is calculated strictly down to the exact hour and minute (336 consecutive hours) from the timestamp of your most recent trade.It is not based on calendar day cutoffs (e.g., midnight).Example: If your last trade was on the April 1st at 13:00 UTC, your 14-day window expires on April 15th at 13:00 UTC sharp.
What happens if I don't trade for 14 days?
If no trades are placed within any 14-day period:
- Your account will be marked inactive.
- The account will receive a hard breach and be closed permanently.
- All progress and profits on the account will be lost.
Example: if your last trade was on April 1st, you must place your next trade no later than April 15th to avoid being breached for inactivity.
Tips to avoid inactivity
- Set a reminder on your phone or calendar every 10 to 12 days.
- Even one small trade (meeting our 10-second minimum) is enough to stay active.
- Do not wait until the last minute, give yourself a buffer.
Please note: an inactivity breach is permanent. Keep your account active with at least one trade every 14 calendar days.
| Inactivity Rule Explained | Top One Futures Help Center Skip to main content |
|---|
Top One Futures Home
Top One Futures Home
Search for articles...
- All Collections
- General Rules
- Inactivity Rule Explained
Inactivity Rule Explained
The 14-day Inactivity Rule: how it is counted, what happens if you do not trade in time, and tips to stay active.
Section: Inactivity Rule Explained
− Updated over 2 weeks ago
+ Updated today
Table of contents
All traders must place at least one trade every 14 calendar days to keep their account in good standing. This article explains how the Inactivity Rule works, what happens if you break it, and how to avoid it.
What is the Inactivity Rule?
| Rule detail | How it works |
|---|
Requirement | At least one trade (entry and exit) must occur within a 14-day window, starting from your most recent trade
Counting days | The 14-day window includes weekends and holidays, not just business days
Section: What is the Inactivity Rule?
+ Exact Calculation | The 14-day rule is calculated strictly down to the exact hour and minute (336 consecutive hours) from the timestamp of your most recent trade.It is not based on calendar day cutoffs (e.g., midnight).Example: If your last trade was on the April 1st at 13:00 UTC, your 14-day window expires on April 15th at 13:00 UTC sharp.
What happens if I don't trade for 14 days?
If no trades are placed within any 14-day period:
- Your account will be marked inactive.
- The account will receive a hard breach and be closed permanently.
- All progress and profits on the account will be lost.
Example: if your last trade was on April 1st, you must place your next trade no later than April 15th to avoid being breached for inactivity.
Tips to avoid inactivity
- Set a reminder on your phone or calendar every 10 to 12 days.
- Even one small trade (meeting our 10-second minimum) is enough to stay active.
- Do not wait until the last minute, give yourself a buffer.
Please note: an inactivity breach is permanent. Keep your account active with at least one trade every 14 calendar days.
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremierDayTraders.comPremier
E8 MarketsPremier
FTMO FuturesPremier
FundedNext FuturesPremier
IQ CapitalPremierLucid TradingPremier
MyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremier
Take Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremierTopstepPremier
TradeDayPremierTradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted